Australian Data

Parameter Manual
including Abbreviations Used listing
July 2011

Use in conjunction with the applicable Scanner User Reference Manual.

1
 The information, specifications, and illustrations
in this manual are based on the latest information
available at the time of publication. The SCANNER
manufacturer and the vehicle manufacturers
reserve the right to make equipment changes at
any time without notice.

Copyright © 2011 Snap-on Technologies Inc.

2
Australian Data
Parameter Manual
including Abbreviations Used listing

11.2 Release
July 2011

BEFORE OPERATING ANY DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT,

PLEASE READ ALL MANUALS CAREFULLY.
ALSO PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THE SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS IN THE APPLICABLE MANUALS.

3
 PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

4
 Index

Abbreviations Used listing ..................................................... 6

Introduction .......................................................................... 11
Scanner Data Parameters . .................................................. 12
Alphabetical Index of Parameters . .................................... 178

5
Abbreviation Glossary

Abbreviation Glossary

18X crankshaft sensor, 18 segments

3X crankshaft sensor, 3 segments
4EAT 4-speed electronic automatic transmission
A/B airbag
ABS antilock brake system
A/C air conditioning
ACM audio control module
ACON air conditioning on
ACT actual
ACT air charge temperature
A/F air fuel ratio
AIR secondary air injection (formerly “thermactor”)
AIRB secondary air injection bypass
AIRD secondary air injection diverter
AMB ambient (as in temperature)
AOD automatic overdrive
APP accelerator pedal position
ARC automatic ride control
ASARC air suspension automatic ride control
ATX automatic transaxle
AXOD automatic overdrive transaxle
AXOD-E automatic transaxle overdrive, electronically
controlled
AYC active yaw control
B1 (engine) bank 1
B2 (engine) bank 2
BARO barometric
BCM body control module
BEM body electronics module
BMAP barometric and manifold absolute pressure
BOO brake on-off
BPA bypass air
BPP brake pedal position
CAC charge air cooler
CAL calibration
CALC calculated
CAN controller area network
CANP canister purge
CARB or MC carburetor, or mixture control
C/C cruise Control
CC cruise control
CCS coast clutch solenoid
CEL check engine light

6
 Abbreviation Glossary

CFI central fuel injection

CHT cylinder head temperature
CKP crankshaft position sensor sensor
CKT circuit
CLC converter lockup clutch
CL, EC, or PCM closed loop, engine control, or powertrain control
module
CMP camshaft position sensor
CYL cylinder
DCEL deceleration
DDL dynamic distortion level (Holden)
DES desired
DI distributor ignition
DIS direct (distributorless) ignition system
DIST distributor
DLC data link connector
DPI dual plug inhibit
DRIV driver
DRL daytime running lights
DRVR driver
DSS downshift solenoid
DTC diagnostic trouble code
DTM diagnostic test mode
DVOM digital volt-ohmmeter
E4OD electronic 4-speed overdrive
EAIR electronic secondary air injection
EBD electronic Brake Distribution
EC engine Control
ECA electronic control assembly
ECC electronic climate control
ECT engine coolant temperature
EDIS electronic direct (distributorless) ignition system
EEC electronic engine control
EFE early fuel evaporation
EFF efficiency
EFI electronic fuel injection (port injection)
EGO exhaust gas oxygen
EGOG EGO ground
EGRC exhaust gas recirculation control
EGRT exhaust gas recirculation
EGRV exhaust gas recirculation vent
EGTS exhaust gas temperature switch
EI system or ICM electronic ignition system or ignition control module
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPC electronic pressure control
EPT exhaust (or EGR) pressure transducer
ESP electronic stability program

7
Abbreviation Glossary

EST electronic spark timing

EVP EGR valve position
EVR EGR vacuum regulator
EXH exhaust
FBC feedback carburetor
FBK feedback
FC fan control
FF flexible fuel
FIPL fuel injection pump lever
FMEM failure mode effects management
FPRC fuel pressure regulator circuit
FRP fuel rail pressure
F/T fuel trim
HEGO heated EGO
HEGOG heated EGO ground
HFC high fan control
HI high
HIM heater, ventilation, air conditioner integration module
HLA hydraulic launch assist (Ford)
HO2S heated oxygen sensor
HO2S heated oxygen sensor ground ground
HSC high-swirl combustion
IAC idle air control
IAT intake air temperature
ICM instrument cluster module
IDM ignition diagnostic moniter
IFS inertia fuel shutoff
IMRC inlet manifold runner control
IMS integrated memory system (Hyundai/Kia)
IMS internal mode switch
INJ injector
INT intake
ISC idle speed control
ISO isolation (valve)
ITS idle tracking switch
IVSC integrated vehicle speed control
KAM keep alive memory
KOEO key on, engine off
KOER key on, engine running
KS knock sensor
LF left front
LHF left hand front
LHR left hand rear
LO low
LR left rear
LT long term
LTFT long term fuel trim

8
 Abbreviation Glossary

MAF mass airflow

MAP manifold absolute pressure
MC measuring core
MCU microprocessor control unit
MECS Mazda electronic control system
MEM memory
MEMCAL memory calibration
MFI multiport fuel injection
MIL malfunction indicator light
MISS misfire
NAAO North American Automotive Operations
O2S oxygen sensor
OC oxidation catalytic converter
OCC occupant climate control
OCV oil control valve
PASS passenger
PCM powertrain control module
PCS pressure control solenoid
PDL pedal
PFE pressure feedback EGR
PIM pressure in manifold
PIP profile ignition pickup
PPS pedal position sensor
PSPS power steering pressure switch
PWM pulse width modulation
REF reference
REQ required or requested
RF radiofrequency
RF right front
RFA remote function access
RFI radiofrequency interference
RHF right hand front
RHR right hand rear
RR right rear
RTD retard
S1 sensor 1
S2 sensor 2
SAW spark angle word
SBS supercharger bypass solenoid
SDM sensing diagnostic module (for airbags)
SDV spark delay valve
SEFI sequential electronic fuel injection
SFI sequential multiport fuel injection
SHO super high output
SIG signal
SIGRTN signal return
SIL shift indicator lamp

9
Abbreviation Glossary

SNEF signal noise enhancement filter (knock sensor)

SPC speed control (cruise control – Ford)
SPD speed
SPOUT spark out
SQUIB airbag triggering mechanism
SS shift solenoid
ST short term
STFT short term fuel trim
STI self-test input
STO self-test output
TAB thermactor air bypass
TAC throttle actuator control
TAD thermactor air divert
TBI throttle body fuel injection
TC traction control
TCC torque converter clutch
TCIL transmission control indicator lamp
TCM transmission control module
TCS traction Control System
TFI thick-film integrated (ignition system)
TFP transmission fluid pressure
TOT transmission oil temperature
TP throttle position
TPS throttle position sensor
TRAC traction Control
TSS transmission speed sensor
TVS throttle valve sensor
TWC three way catalyst
VAC vacuum
VAF vane (or volume) airflow
VAT vane air temperature
VCRM variable control relay module
VCT variable camshaft timing
VDC vehicle dynamic control
V/F voltage feedback (fuel trim)
VICS variable induction control system
VIN vehicle identification number
VOTM vacuum-operated throttle modulator
VPWR vehicle power
VREF reference voltage
VRIS variable resonance induction system
VSS vehicle speed sensor
VVT variable valve timing
WOT wide-open throttle

10
 Introduction

Data Parameters
Introduction
In the DATA menu selections, the Scanner displays operating
parameters available from the vehicle electronic control units (ECU).
These modules and controllers provide two basic kinds of parameters:
Digital (or discrete) and analog:
• Digital (Discrete) parameters are those that can be in only one of
two states, such as on or off, open or closed, high or low, yes or no.
Switches and solenoids provide discrete parameters on the ECU
data list. The Scanner displays discrete parameters as ON/OFF, YES/
NO, OPEN/CLSD, RICH/LEAN, or some other readings that indicate
alternate states.
• Analog parameters are displayed as a measured value in the
appropriate units. Voltage, pressure, temperature, time and speed
parameters are examples of analog values. The Scanner displays
them as number that vary through a range of values in specific units,
such as pounds per square inch (psi), kilopascals (kPa), degrees
Celsius (°C), degrees Fahrenheit (°F), or miles per hour (mph).
The Scanner can display some parameters in numbers that range
from 0 to 255, 0 to 999, or 0 to 1800. These ranges are used because
in each case, it is the maximum number range that the ECU can
transmit for a given parameter. Some parameter reads, however, will
never reach the highest possible number. For example, you will never
see a vehicle speed parameter reading of 255 mph.
Parameters also can be identified as input signals or output commands:
• Input parameters are signals from various sensors and switches to
the ECU. They may be displayed as analog or discrete values.
• Output parameters are commands from the ECU to various
actuators, such as solenoids and fuel injectors. Most are discrete
parameters, but some may be displayed as analog values.
The following sections explain the data parameters displayed by the
Snap-on Scanner. Because the vehicle ECU determines the parameter
data list, not all parameters listed here are displayed for every vehicle.
Each parameter description lists the parameter title and value as
displayed on the Scanner. This is followed by the full title and a
description of the states of the parameters or a description of the
measurement units and ranges for analog parameters.

11
Alphabetical List of Parameters

General Note
CKT STATUS or Circuit Status
These parameters display the status of various circuits from the ECU.
These parameters may indicate a Fault if the particular circuit is not
being energised. For example Fan Relay CKT Status may show Fault
until the engine fan has actually been switched on then it will change to
OK. If the relay has been switched on and the status is still fault then a
fault may exist in the circuit or relay.

Data Parameters Descriptions

1-2 BATT SHORT (range: YES/NO)
1-2 SOL BATT SHRT
2-3 BATT SHORT
4-5 BATT SHORT
3-2 BATT SHRT
These parameters indicate whether the vehicle control module (VCM)
feedback signals from the 1-2, 2-3, and 3-2 shift solenoid valves are
shorted to battery voltage. These parameters read as follows:
• YES if a short is detected.
• NO under normal operation.
Readings are only valid when 1-2, 2-3, or 3-2 shift solenoids are on.
1-2 OPEN/SHRT (range: YES/NO)
2-3 OPEN/SHRT
4-5 OPEN/SHRT
This parameter indicates if an open or short to ground exists in the 1-2, 2-
3 or 4-5 shift solenoid valve feedback signals to the PCM. The reading is
valid only when the 1-2, 2-3 or 4-5 shift solenoid valve is commanded off.
1-2 SHIFT (SEC) (range: 0 to 6.38)
2-3 SHIFT (SEC)
3-4 SHIFT (SEC)
This parameter shows the time in seconds of the last shift for each of the
shifts, 1-2, 2-3, 3-4. It begins when the TCM/PCM commands the shift
and finishes when the TCM/PCM recognises a ratio change.

12
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

1-2 SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)_______XXX

LT 1-2 S. ADAPT (Kpa)
2-3 SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)_______XXX
LT 2-3 S. ADAPT (Kpa)
ST SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)
These parameter indicate modified line pressure correction.

1-2 SOLENOID____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

1-2 SHIFT SOL A_____XXX
1-2 SOL FDBK____XXX
1-2 S.SOL A FDBK___XXX
2-3 SOLENOID____XXX
2-3 SHIFT SOL B_____XXX
2-3 SOL FDBK____XXX
2-3 S. SOL B FDBK___XXX
For Holden Commodore the 1-2 and 2-3 solenoid parameters
indicate the PCM commanded valve state, while the feedback (FDBK)
parameters indicate the actual valve state. For example, during normal
operation, these parameters should read:
GEAR 1-2 Solenoid 1-2 Feedback 2-3 Solenoid 2-3 Feedback
1st ON ON ON ON
2nd OFF OFF ON ON
3rd OFF OFF OFF OFF
4th ON ON OFF OFF
These parameters display the ON/OFF status of the two solenoids used
to activate the transmission shift valves. Solenoid A activates the 1-2 and
3-4 shift valves, while solenoid B activates the 2-3 shift valve.

1-2 SHIFT (SEC)_____X.XX (range: 0.00 to 7.97 seconds)

2-3 SHIFT (SEC)_____X.XX
3-4 SHIFT (SEC)_____X.XX
These analog parameters indicate the time it takes the transmission to
automatically shift from 1st gear to 2nd gear, 2nd gear to 3rd gear, and
3rd gear to 4th gear.

1 POS SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

LOW SELECTED
This discrete parameter indicates whether the contacts to the first
position switch are closed or open. On a properly functioning vehicle,
ON means the switch contacts are closed and the vehicle is in first.

13
Alphabetical List of Parameters

2-4 BRAKE TM (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the transmission ECU command to the
2-4 Brake Timing solenoid. ON indicates the solenoid is being energised
by the trans ECU and OFF indicates it is not being energised.

2ND SOL DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the duty cycle on time for the second
brake solenoid. In a correctly operating transmission this solenoid will
show 0% in 2nd and 4th gears, and up to 100% in 1st, 3rd and reverse.

2 POS SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

2ND SELECTED
This discrete parameter indicates whether the contacts to the second
position switch are closed or open. On a properly functioning vehicle,
ON means the switch contacts are closed and the vehicle is in second.

3-2 CONTROL SOL_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This represents the state of the 3-2 Control Solenoid.

3-2 DWNSHFT SOL (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the commanded status of the 3-2 downshift
solenoid. This should read OFF unless a 3-2 downshift is occurring then
it will display ON.

3-2 DWNSHFT ENBL (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays whether the 3-2 control solenoid has been
enabled for a 3-2 downshift. This should read NO unless a 3-2 downshift
is occurring then it will display YES.

3-2 SOLENOID FDBK_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter is the electrical state of the solenoid and circuit.

3-2 PWMSOL(%)_____XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

3-2 CONT SOL(%)____XXX
This parameter displays the pulse-width-modulated (PWM)/duty cycle
signal to the 3-2 control solenoid. Zero (0%) indicates that the valve
is not energized, while 100% indicates that the valve is continously
energized. During normal operation, this parameter should range from
0 to 60%. The duty cycle is usually about 90% but during a downshift
drops.

14
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

3/2 SHIFT SOL_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

4/3 SHIFT SOL_XXX
These digital parameters display the ON/OFF status of the two solenoids
used to activate the 3-2 and 4-3 downshift valves during deceleration.

3X SIGNAL (range: YES/NO)

18X SIGNAL
These discrete parameters show whether the ECM/PCM is receiving a
signal from the crankshaft 3X sensor and 18X sensor. These sensors are
used to measure engine speed (18X) and to time injection and ignition
(3X).

4-3 DOWNSHIFT___XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter on some late-model fuel-injected vehicles indicates that
the ECU has recognized the 4-3 downshift and should unlock the torque
converter clutch. When 4-3 DOWNSHIFT reads YES, TCC COMMAND
should read OFF.

4LOW SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the 4 wheel drive low (4LOW)
switch. ON indicates the switch contacts are closed and the
transmission is operating in 4WD low range, OFF indicates the switch is
open and the transmission is not in 4WD low range.

4WD ACTIVE_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the operating status of the 4WD system. When
the display reads YES, the 4WD drive system operating in four-wheel
drive mode.

4WDClutch(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This parameter indicates the amount of transfer case clutch lockup
commanded by the GEM module. When the front and rear axles rotate
at the same speed, 4WDClutch(%) should display 0 to 2%.

4WDClutchPWM_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the GEM module is controlling
the transfer case clutch using pulse width modulation (PWM). ON means
that the GEM is using PWM.

15
Alphabetical List of Parameters

4WD_FrShftSp_XXX (range: 0 to 255 mph)

4WD_RrShftSp_XXX
These parameters display the speeds in mph of the front and rear
transfer case drive shafts. Using the speeds of these two shafts, the
GEM module calculates the amount of wheel slippage between the front
and rear axles. The amount of wheel slippage determines how much the
GEM module applies the 4WD clutch.

4WDHigh_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status to run the
transfer case in 4WD High Mode. When the system functions properly,
ON means the transfer case is running in 4WD High Mode.

4WDLow_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status to run the
transfer case in 4WD Low Mode. When the system functions properly,
ON means the transfer case is running in 4WD Low Mode.

4WD LOW SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the driver selectable four-wheel
drive switch.

4WDPlate_A
4WDPlate_C
4WDPlate_B
4WDPlate_D (range: ON/OFF)
These parameters indicate the status of each transfer case clutch plate.

4WDPlatePwr_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the transfer case clutch plates are
being supplied power.

4WD_Switch_XXXX (range: AUTO/4HI/4LOW)

This parameter displays the status of the driver-operated 4WD switch.
This switch is an input to the GEM module, which controls transfer case
operation.

4X4Low_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter reads ON when the instrument panel selector switch
for 4-wheel drive low is closed and OFF when the switch is open. The
switch sends a ground signal to the PCM when 4x4 low is ON. This is
used to adjust the transmission shift schedule.

16
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

5V REF (V)______X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12)

On some vehicles, the Scanner will display the reference voltage on
which system sensors operate. The ECU monitors this voltage and
provides the parameter on the data stream. The nominal reference
voltage is 5.0 volts, but it may vary by a few tenths of a volt, depending
on system calibration and charging system voltage.

A/C BLOWER SW___XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the air conditioner blower fan
switch.

A/C CLUTCH____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

A/C RELAY____XXX
A/C CLUTCH RELAY____XXX
A/CClutchSw_XXX
This parameter is a feedback signal from the A/C compressor clutch or
relay. When it is ON, the clutch is engaged; when it is OFF, the clutch
is disengaged. Some vehicles provide both the A/C REQUEST and the
A/C CLUTCH parameters. They should cycle together (both ON or both
OFF) unless the ECU is overriding the instrument panel control. Some
vehicles provide the A/C REQUEST parameter but do not monitor the
A/C CLUTCH feedback signal.

A/C INDICATOR__XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the On or OFF status of the air conditioner LED
indicator.

A/C PHASE PNT (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates the current learning for the air
conditioning idle correction.

A/C PRESS (PSI)___XXX

A/C PRESS (kPa)__XXXX
This parameter displays in pounds per square inch or kilopascals the air
conditioner refrigerant pressure, it is calculated by the ECM/PCM from
the A/C pressure sensor voltage. With a too high or low reading the air
conditioning compressor clutch will not be activated.

17
Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/C PRESS (V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12 volts)

A sensor in the A/C system monitors the high-side system pressure. The
sensor sends an analog voltage signal to the PCM that is proportional to
A/C pressure. High voltage equals high pressure; low voltage equals low
pressure. A/C PRESS(V) is this sensor signal displayed on the Scanner.
Refer to A/C PRESS(PSI) or (kPa) for information on the calculated
pressure measurements.

A/C Refrigerant Monitor

OBD monitor information, A/C Refrigerant Monitor is either supported or
not supported, or ready or not ready.

A/C RELAY___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter is a feedback signal from the A/C compressor
clutch. When it is ON, the clutch is engaged; when it is OFF, the clutch
is disengaged.

Some vehicles provide both the A/C REQUEST and the A/C CLUTCH
parameters. They should cycle together (both ON or both OFF) unless
the ECU is overriding the instrument panel control. Some vehicles
provide the A/C REQUEST parameter but do not monitor the A/C
CLUTCH feedback signal.

A/C REQUEST_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

A/C REQUEST SW___XXX (range: ON/OFF)
This discrete parameter indicates the position of the air conditioning
switch. YES means that the A/C switch has been turned on or that the
ECU has commanded the A/C system to turn on. In some cases, the A/C
compressor may not turn on even though the switch is closed. Several
other switch or sensor signals may prevent the ECU from engaging the
A/C compressor clutch. The A/C REQUEST parameter simply means
that the switch is closed or the ECU has been commanded to turn on
the A/C when all other conditions permit. Refer to the A/C CLUTCH
parameter description for information on the feedback signal from the
A/C compressor clutch.

A/C RUN (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates when the air conditioner is running.
This is determined by the A/C switch position and whether or not the
PCM has enabled the A/C to operate.

18
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/C SET_____XXXXXX (range: MANUAL/AUTO)

This discrete parameter indicates the ECC control status of the air
conditioning system. MANUAL indicates the air conditioner is under
manual or the drivers control and AUTO indicates it is under ECC
module automatic control.

A/C SOLENOID (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates when the air conditioner solenoid is
being energised by the ECM/PCM.

A/C SW XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the air conditioner switch.

ABS____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays whether the LCD warning should be ON or OFF
for the ABS / Traction Control system.

ABS BATT(V)__X.XX (range: 0 to 13.50 volts)

ABS IGN(V)___X.XX
These analog parameter displays the switched (ABS IGN) and
unswitched voltages (ABS BATT) to the antilock brake system.

ABS LAMP__XXXX (range: ON/OFF/FLSH)

This parameter appears on the right side of the top line in the ABS
CODES & DATA display. It indicates what the current status of the
ANTILOCK lamp on the instrument panel should be:
1. If this parameter is OFF, the lamp should be off; and the system is
fully operational.
2. If the parameter reads FLSH, the lamp should be flashing. This
means that a fault has been detected that does not affect current
ABS operation but which should be fixed to avoid additional ABS
problems.
3. If the parameter reads ON, the lamp should be lit continuously.
This means that a fault has been detected that does affect current
ABS operation If the fault affects the front ABS, the rear ABS will
operate with the front brakes in a non-ABS condition. (The front
brakes may lock.) If the fault affects the rear ABS or other critical
parts of the system, ABS is completely disabled. Brakes at all four
wheels will operate in a basic non-ABS mode.

If the ABS LAMP parameter reading does not match the condition of the
ANTILOCK lamp on the car, a fault may exist in the lamp circuit.

19
Alphabetical List of Parameters

ABSLF_I _______ OFF

ABSLF_O _______ OFF
ABSRF_I _______ OFF
ABSRF_O _______ OFF
ABSLR_I _______ OFF
ABSLR_O _______ OFF
ABSRR_I _______ OFF
ABSRR_O _______ OFF
ABSR_I _______ OFF
ABSR_O _______ OFF (range: ON/OFF)
These parameters display the status of the Inlet (I) and Outlet (O)
solenoid valves in the ABS hydraulic modulator. The show OFF in a non
ABS mode and ON when the ABS is active. Some ABS systems are
disabled during scan tool communication.

ABS SIG (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the transmission is receiving an “ABS
active” signal from the ABS system.

ABSOL PRES(V) (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

The ABSOL PRESS(V) readings are based on either manifold vacuum or
barometric (atmospheric) pressure, depending upon the MAP/BARO
SOLENOID status. If MAP is displayed, the ABSOL PRESS(V) parameter
shows MAP voltage; when BARO is displayed, the ABSOL PRESS(V)
parameter shows BARO voltage. The MAP/BARO solenoid-controlled
valve applies intake manifold vacuum or barometric (atmospheric)
pressure to the sensing port of the absolute pressure sensor.

ABS STOP__XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates YES when ABS is activated during braking and
NO at all other times.

ACCEL ENRICH__XXX (range: YES/NO)

On some fuel-injected engines, the ECU provides a richer mixture during
acceleration. It does this by momentarily increasing injector pulse width.
ACCEL ENRICH should read YES when the ECU is richening the mixture
during acceleration. Injector pulse width should increase at the same
time. ACCEL ENRICH should read NO under all other conditions.

20
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ACCEL POS (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the accelerator pedal position in
degrees. 0% being shut and 100% being fully open. In reality the
accelerator position will never read fully shut 0%, or fully open 100%.

ACCEL SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the accelerator
pedal. OFF indicates the pedal is in the idle position. ON indicates the
accelerator pedal is being depressed.

AccessoryDly_XX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the retained accessory
power relay. In a properly functioning system, ON means the relay
contacts are closed, allowing some accessories to be turned on after the
ignition key has been turned to the OFF position.

ACCEL SWITCH___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the accelerator pedal.
The transaxle controller uses this parameter to determine gear
engagement when the vehicle is stopped. When the vehicle is stopped
and the pedal is completely released, this parameter reads ON and the
transaxle controller engages 2nd gear (“creep” mode). When the vehicle
is stopped and the pedal is depressed, this parameter reads OFF and
the transaxle controller engages 1st gear.

ACC_Pos_XX (range: YES/NO)

RUN_Pos_XX START_Pos_XX
OFF/LOCK_Pos_XX
These discrete parameters indicate the current position of the ignition
switch. ACC_Pos_ON means the switch is in the accessory position:
START_Pos_ON means the switch is in the cranking position: and
RUN_Pos_ON means the switch is in the run position. OFF/LOCK_Pos_
YES means the ignition switch is on the LOCK position,
while NO means the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

AC HI-SIDE (V)____X.XX (range: 0.00 to 5.00)

This refrigerant pressure parameter indicates the amount of load placed
on the engine by the A/C compressor. The voltage is the input from the
pressure sensor. The PCM uses it to adjust idle and control the cooling
fans.

21
Alphabetical List of Parameters

AC HI-SIDE (kPa)____X.XX (range: 0.00 to 5.00)

This parameter displays refrigerant pressure which indicates the load
placed on the engine by the A/C compressor. The pressure reading is
calculated by the PCM based on the voltage signal of the pressure
sensor. The PCM uses it to adjust idle and control the cooling fans.

AclPedl(V)_X.XX (range: 0 to 5.0 volts)

The accelerator pedal (AP) sensor is a potentiometer that sends an
analog signal 0- to 5-volt signal to the PCM, it is similar to the throttle
position sensor signal on a petrol engine. The PCM uses AP sensor
signal to calculate fuel injection quantity and to control the exhaust
backpressure regulator. The MIL lights if the AP sensor signal does not
match the IVS signal at idle. A faulty AP sensor will only let the engine
run at low idle speed.

AclPedlMAX(V) _X.XX (range: 0 to 5.0 volts)

This analog parameter displays the current maximum reading of the
accelerator pedal sensor voltage.

AclPedlREL(V)_X.XX (range: 0 to 5.0 volts)

This analog parameter displays the relative voltage reading of the
accelerator pedal sensor.

AC POST EVP (°C)_____XXX (range: unknown)

This analog parameter indicates the temperature of the air after it has
passed through the air con evaporator.

ACT TIMING (°)_____XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5º)

This desired injection timing parameter indicates the actual injection
timing in degrees before top dead center. This is for diesel engine
vehicles. The PCM monitors and controls this parameter based on the
crankshaft and camshaft sensor signals, as well as TDC offset. See DES
TIMING(°).

ACTUAL CMP______XXX (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter displays the signal being sent to the PCM by the
camshaft position (CMP) sensor. The count changes constantly as the
engine runs.

22
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ACP(V) _X.XX (range: 0 to 5.0 volts)

This analog parameter displays the current voltage reading of the Air
Conditioner Pressure sensor. The voltage should increase as the air
conditioner refrigerant pressure increases, and decrease as air
conditioner refrigerant pressure decreases.

ACP(kPa) _X.XX (range: 0 to 5.0 volts)

This analog parameter displays the current pressure reading of the Air
Conditioner Pressure sensor. The reading should increase as the air
conditioner refrigerant pressure increases, and decrease as air
conditioner refrigerant pressure decreases.

ACT EXH CMP B1° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the degrees of advance for the Bank1 exhaust
camshaft angle related to crankshaft position as determined by the
control module based on input from the exhaust CMP (camshaft)
sensors. The scan tool will display a higher value for more advanced
exhaust camshaft position. The scan tool will display a lower value when
the exhaust camshaft is not being advanced, such as at idle.

ACT EXH CMP B2° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the degrees of advance for the Bank2 exhaust
camshaft angle related to crankshaft position as determined by the
control module based on input from the exhaust CMP (camshaft)
sensors. The scan tool will display a higher value for more advanced
exhaust camshaft position. The scan tool will display a lower value when
the exhaust camshaft is not being advanced, such as at idle.

ACT IAC POS (range: 0 to 255steps)

ACT IAC POS indicates the actual position of the idle air control motor
pintle. This is fed back to the ECM/PCM to ensure correct idle control is
maintained. The readings of this parameter should closely follow the
DES IAC POS parameter.

ACT INJ(°) (range: -95 to 31°)

This actual injection timing parameter indicates the actual injection
timing in degrees before top dead center. This is for diesel engine
vehicles. The PCM monitors and controls this parameter based on
engine sensor input signals.

23
Alphabetical List of Parameters

ACT INT CMP B1° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the degrees of advance for the Bank1 intake
camshaft angle related to crankshaft position as determined by the
control module based on input from the exhaust CMP (camshaft)
sensors. The scan tool will display a higher value for more advanced
inlet camshaft position. The scan tool will display a lower value when the
inlet camshaft is not being advanced, such as at idle.

ACT INT CMP B2° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the degrees of advance for the Bank2 intake
camshaft angle related to crankshaft position as determined by the
control module based on input from the exhaust CMP (camshaft)
sensors. The scan tool will display a higher value for more advanced
inlet camshaft position. The scan tool will display a lower value when the
inlet camshaft is not being advanced, such as at idle.

ACT TORQUE (Nm) (range: 0 to 215)

This analog parameter displays the engine torque actual response to the
ABS/Traction Control module request, if fitted. This parameter will be
displayed even if traction control is not fitted to the vehicle.

ACTUAL PCS (A) (range: 0 to 4.98)

This parameter shows the actual amperage reading of the pressure
control solenoid (PCS). It is used by the TCM/PCM to ensure correct
operation of the pressure control solenoid. A 0.00 reading (no current
flow) would indicate full line pressure and a 4.98 (high current flow)
would indicate a lower line pressure.

ACTUAL TORQUE (Nm)__XX (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the calibrated torque output of the engine, it is
calculated internally by the PCM and ABS ECU based on engine inputs.

ADAPT ADD (%) (range: 0 to 200)

These parameters represent the operation and short-term correction to
the fuel mixture. ADD means adding or subtracting equal amounts of
fuel to every fuel block cell regardless of the pre-programmed base
injection pulse values. It works very effectively for idle mixture related
problems, but its effect is minimal at the higher engine speeds. For
example, vacuum leaks greatly affect fuel mixture at idle but become
less severe at higher RPM. The important distinction here is that the
amount of fuel correction in not dependant upon the original base in
each fuel memory cell.

24
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ADAPT CELL (range: 0 to 3)

This parameter indicates which adapt cell the TCM/PCM is operating in.
This affects transmission shift quality and timing.

ADAPTED TPS(°) (range: 0 to 120)

This analog parameter displays the amount of adaptation applied to the
throttle position sensor in degrees.

ADAPT MODIFIER (Kpa)_______XXX (range: -200 Kpa to +200 Kpa)

This parameter is used by the PCM to control the shift times by
changing line pressure. This can range from -35 Kpa to +70 Kpa.

ADAPT MUL (%) (range: 0 to 200)

These parameters represent the operation and short-term correction to
the fuel mixture. MUL means multiplying or taking the pre-programmed
cell base value and multiplying that number by either a correction factor
or percent. Here, the correction amount increased or decreased in each
memory block cell is dependent on each cell’s base injection pulse. This
form of adaptation is required to compensate for fuel control type
problems that get worse with increased engine speed.

ADAPT PRESS (PSI) (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter shows the amount of pressure added to base line
pressure to adjust holding effort of a clutch or band for a given shift. This
reading increases with normal wear in the transmission.

ADAPT SHIFT_______XXX (range: ACTIVE/INACTIVE)

(range: ENABLED/DISABLED)
This parameter indicates if the current shift will update the 1-2 adapt
table which will modify line pressure.

ADPT1 FM_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

ADPT2 FM_______XXX
These parameters represent the failure mode operation status of the
fuel adaptation within the PCM.

ADV IGN (°) (range: -90° to +90°)

Analog output parameters from the ECU that indicate the total spark
advance or retard being commanded by the ECU, including base timing.

25
Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/F 1 (Amps) (range: see text)

A/F 2 (Amps)
A/F #1 (mA)
A/F #2 (mA)
Some Subaru vehicles use Air/Fuel Ratio Sensors in place of
conventional oxygen sensors. The sensor maintains the Lambda signal
0.45 volts above its reference voltage, this is done with an oxygen cell
that pumps oxygen to the sensor. The current required to add/remove
oxygen is the current measured by this parameter. Generally 0
amperage is a correct A/F ratio, negative values indicate a rich mixture
and positive values indicate a lean mixture. Due to the slower refresh
rate of the Subaru live data this reading may appear to be 0 amps most
of the time. A/F1 is for bank one and A/F2 is for bank two on vehicle that
support two separate banks for engine control.

A/F #1 (Ohms) (range: unknown)

A/F #2 (Ohms)
At time of printing this supplement no information was available for this
parameter.

A/F-AIR(us) (range: -254 to 254)

This analog parameter is the learnt amount of injection correction at idle,
it is measured in microseconds.

A/F CLOSE A/F CLOSE B1

A/F CLOSE B2 (range: ON/OFF)
These discrete parameters indicate whether the engine ECU is working
in a closed or open loop strategy. ON is closed loop, OFF is open loop.

A/F CORR 1 (%) (range: -100 to 100)

A/F CORR 2 (%)
A/F CORR 3 (%)
These parameters display the air fuel correction for bank 1 (CORR
1) and bank 2 (CORR 2) and overall correction CORR 3. See A/F
CORRECT (%) for more information.

A/F-CORRECT(%) (range 0 to 200)

This analog parameter is a measure of the ECU overall fuel delivery
correction. It’s maximum range is 0 to %200 with %100 as the mid point,
it should not vary by more than +-%12, a reading lower than 100
indicates the ECU is commanding a lean condition and a reading above
100 indicates the ECU is commanding rich condition.

26
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/F-FUEL(%) (range 0 to 200)

This analog parameter is a measure of the ECU short term fuel delivery
correction learnt value during part throttle operation. It’s maximum range
is 0 to %200 with %100 as the mid point, it should not vary by more than
+-%12, a reading lower than 100 indicates a lean condition and a
reading above 100 indicates a rich condition.

A/F HTR-1 (A) (range 0 to 25)

A/F HTR-2 (A)
This analog parameter displays the ECU command amperage to the left
or rear air/fuel ratio sensor heater.

A/F LEARN (%) (range: -100 to 100)

A/F-LRN 2 (%)
This analog parameter displays the ECU learnt long term air/fuel ratio
correction. 0 is the midway point, negative readings indicate rich running
compensation and positive readings indicate lean running
compensation.

A/F LEARNED___XXX (range: YES/NO)

On some vehicles, the ECU provides a discrete parameter that indicates
whether the block learn multiplier (BLM) is responding to the fuel
integrator corrections. You can use this reading to double-check the
block learn response. If A/F LEARNED is YES, block learn is responding,
or will respond, to integrator corrections. If A/F LEARNED is NO, block
learn is not responding to the integrator. In most cases, A/F LEARNED
should be YES when the engine is in closed loop, NO when it is in
open loop. This may vary, however, with a few engine calibrations. If
the fuel integrator reaches its limit and block learn is not enabled (A/F
LEARNED___NO), the vehicle may have a driveability problem or it may
return to open loop. Refer to the INTEGRATR and BLM descriptions for
more information.

27
Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/F LEFT(V)__X.XX (range: see below)

A/F RIGHT(V)__X.XX
TARGET A/F(V)__X.XX
These parameters indicate the amount of correction necessary to the
basic injection duration to maintain the air-fuel ratio. A/F LEFT and A/F
RIGHT provide air-fuel correction information for vehicles with two
separate banks of injectors (V-type engines). TARGET A/F provides
air-fuel correction information for vehicles with a single bank of injectors
(in-line type engines). The ECU responds to this correction information
according to five preprogrammed routines:

ECU ENGINE
DATA COMPENSATION CONDITION
0.00V Go leaner 10-20% Rich
1.25V Go leaner 4-10% Normal
2.50V Lean/rich +3% Normal
3.75V Go richer 4-10% Normal
5.00V Go richer 10-20% Lean

A/F-PURGE(%) (range: 0 TO 200)

This analog parameter represents the learnt value of fuel delivery during
canister purge operation. It’s maximum range is 0 to %200 with %100 as
the mid point, it should not vary by more than +-%12, a reading lower
than 100 indicates a lean condition and a reading above 100 indicates a
rich condition.

A/F RATIO_____XX.X (range: 0 to 99.9)

On some vehicles, the ECU calculates the desired air-fuel ratio during
closed loop operation. This is not a measured value, but the calculated
value that the ECU wants to be delivered based on its sensor input
signals. Although the measurement range is from 0 to 99.9, the actual
value should be near 14.7 in most cases. A lower number indicates
a rich air-fuel ratio commanded for engine startup. A higher number
indicates a leaner ratio.

A/F REG LOOP (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter displays the current closed loop regulation of air/fuel
mixture represented as a value between 0 and 255. 125 is the middle
value, a lower value represents less fuel added (compensating for rich
mixture) and a higher value represents more fuel added (compensating
for lean mixture).

28
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

A/F SNSR #1 (range: unknown)

A/F SNSR #2
Some Subaru vehicles use Air/Fuel Ratio Sensors in place of
conventional oxygen sensors. The sensor maintains the Lambda signal
0.45 volts above its reference voltage, this is done with an oxygen cell
that pumps oxygen to the sensor. This parameter indicates the status of
the Lambda value, 1 represents the ideal ratio, values above indicate
lean running, values below indicate rich running.

AFS RESET (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the airflow sensor reset status. In a
vehicle that is at operating temperature this parameter should read ON
at idle and OFF above idle.

AGC CTRL REQ (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether AC generator (alternator)
control is required. This determined by the battery voltage and
controlled by the PCM.

AIR (range: UPSTREAM/DOWNSTREAM/ ATMOSPHERE)

This parameter displays the status of the air injection system.

AIR CONTRL SOL___XXXX (range: NORM/DIV

AIR DIVERT SOL___XXXX or PORT/DIV)
These discrete parameters indicate the ECU output command to the air
injection control, or diverter, valve solenoid. This command is shown as
AIR CONTRL SOL or AIR DIVERT SOL depending on vehicle and control
system. When the reading is NORM, the solenoid is commanded to
move the valve to direct air downstream to the exhaust ports or to the air
switching solenoid. When the reading is DIV, the solenoid is
commanded to move the valve to divert air to the atmosphere.

AIR CONTRL SOL is displayed on vehicles with only a single air injection
control solenoid. AIR DIVERT SOL is always displayed in conjunction
with the AIR SWITCH SOL parameter on vehicles with two solenoids.

29
Alphabetical List of Parameters

AIRFLOW(g/s)____XXX
AIRFLOW(m3h)____XXX
AIRFLOW(Kg/H)___XXX
This parameter displays a PCM calculated value in grams-per-second,
cubic-meters-per-hour, or kilograms-per-hour based on the MAF sensor
output. The MAF sensor is located between the air cleaner and the
throttle body. The MAF sensor measures the mass air flowing to the
engine. The PCM uses this value to calculate the injector pulse width
needed for stoichiometry (air/fuel). MAF sensor readings should be low
at idle and should increase as the throttle opens.

AIRFLOW (MG/STK)______XX (range: unknown)

This PCM calculated analog parameter indicates the quantity of air that
is used every stroke. The reading is in milligrams per stroke.

AIRFLOW RESET___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

Some turbocharged vehicles have an airflow reset function that resets
the airflow sensor when there is a change from high-speed, heavy-load
driving to sudden deceleration. This parameter reads ON when airflow
reset is activated.

AIRFLOW(g/s)____XXX
AIRFLOW(m3h)____XXX
AIRFLOW(Kg/H)___XXX
This parameter displays a PCM calculated value in grams-per-second,
cubic-meters-per-hour, or kilograms-per-hour based on the MAF sensor
output. The MAF sensor is located between the air cleaner and the
throttle body. The MAF sensor measures the mass air flowing to the
engine. The PCM uses this value to calculate the injector pulse width
needed for stoichiometry (air/fuel). MAF sensor readings should be low
at idle and should increase as the throttle opens.

AIRFLOW(Hz)___XXXX (range: 0 to 1600 hertz)

AIRFLOW(mS)___XXX (range: 0 to 625 milliseconds)
The AIRFLOW(Hz) parameter indicates the volume of intake air. At
idle (700 rpm) this parameter should read 25 to 50 Hz. At 2000 rpm,
this parameter should read 70 to 100 Hz, depending on engine
displacement. The engine controller uses the AIRFLOW(Hz) parameter
to determine fuel-injection pulse duration.

30
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

The AIRFLOW(mS) parameter indicates the volume of intake air. The

engine controller uses the AIRFLOW(mS) parameter to determine fuel
injection volume and ignition advance angle.

For either parameter, airflow is measured with a Karman vortex type

sensor. This type of sensor has a triangular column in the airflow path
and monitors the pressure increases from the resulting vortices. Each
time a vortex is generated by the flowing air, a pressure increase occurs.
As airflow increases, the number of vortices increases, resulting in an
increase in pressure fluctuation speed. As airflow decreases, the number
of vortices decreases, resulting in a decrease in pressure fluctuation
speed. These pressure pulses are detected by the airflow sensor.

AIRFLOW(V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

AIRFLOW(mV)___XXX
This analog parameter indicates the volume of intake air. Airflow is
measured by a potentiometer that detects the airflow and converts it to a
voltage output. The ECU supplies a constant 5-volt control signal to the
potentiometer. As air volume increases, the voltage output decreases.
5.0-volts indicate no airflow, while 0 indicates maximum airflow.

AIR INTAKE SOL___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the ECU has commanded the
secondary air intake valve to open. AIR INTAKE SOL___OFF indicates
that the ECU has not energized the solenoid to open the secondary
valve.

The engine is operating on the primary intake runners. AIR INTAKE

SOL___ON indicates that the ECU has commanded the solenoid to
open the secondary valve. The engine must be warmed up, in closed
loop, and operating with certain combinations of speed, throttle
opening, and load before AIR INTAKE SOL will read ON.

This parameter is an output signal from the ECU only. It does not
indicate whether the solenoid has responded or whether the secondary
air valve has opened.

AIR PUMP RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates that the air pump relay is ON or OFF.
When the relay is ON the secondary air pump is active.

31
Alphabetical List of Parameters

AIR SWITCH SOL___XXXX (range: PORT/CONV)

This discrete parameter on some vehicles indicates the ECU command
to the air injection switching solenoid. When AIR SWITCH SOL reads
PORT, the solenoid has been commanded to move the valve to direct
air to the exhaust ports or manifold. When the reading is CONV,
the solenoid has been commanded to move the valve to direct air
downstream to the catalytic converter.

AIR TEMP(°C)___XXX (range: -50 to 185)

AIR TEMP(°F)___XXX (range: -58 to 360)
INTAKE AIR(°)___XXX
IAT(°F)_______XXX
IAT(°C)_______XXX
IAT(V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5 volts)
These analog parameters indicate the temperature of the intake air. The
intake air temperature sensor is a thermistor, typically installed in the air
cleaner. A 5-volt reference signal is applied to the sensor. As
temperature increases, sensor resistance decreases, providing the
voltage signal to the PCM. The PCM converts the sensor voltage
readings to temperature readings.

The engine controller uses the temperature parameter to control the

amount of injected fuel, based on the density of the incoming air. You
can change the measurement units on the Scanner from degrees
Celsius (°C) to degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The preset measurement is °C.

ALT DUTY (%) (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter displays the ECU control of the alternator and
charging system. 0% indicates no charging and 100% indicates full
changing.

ALTERNATOR____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays whether the LCD warning should be ON or OFF
for the Alternator.

32
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ALTERNATOR(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the commanded output of the alternator
by the PCM. This is in response to battery voltage and electrical load
being sensed by the PCM.

AMBIENT (V)____X.XX (range: 0 to 3.5)

AMBIENT (°C)____X.XX (range: -40 to 88)
The AMBIENT (V) parameter displays the voltage signal from the outside
temperature sensor for the ECC (Electronic Climate Control). The
AMBIENT (°C) parameter displays the outside temperature in Celsius
calculated by the ECC based on the above voltage reading.

ANT REC SIG______XXXXXX (range: unknown)

This parameter, ANTenna RECeption SIGnal, displays the reception
signal strength to the audio system.

APC (V)_X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00)

This PCM input indicates air conditioner pressure sensor voltage. The
voltage will increase and decrease with the pressure of the a/c gas.

AP(V)_X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00)

This PCM input indicates the accelerator pedal position on a diesel
engine. The Accelerator Position (AP) sensor is a 3-wire potentiometer.

APP(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This parameter is calculated by the PCM from the accelerator pedal
position sensor voltages. It should display 0% at idle and 100% at wide
open throttle (WOT).

APP AT IDLE______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter is indicates whether the accelerator is at idle. The PCM
calculates this from APP sensor inputs.

33
Alphabetical List of Parameters

APP1 (V)_____X.XX APP2 (V)____X.XX

APP3 (V)_____X.XX (range: see below)
APP1 (%)_____XXX APP2 (%)____XXX
APP3 (%)_____XXX (range: see below)
These parameters are accelerator pedal positions (APP) sensor inputs
that are used by the PCM to control fuel delivery as requested by the
driver. An APP sensor module is located at the base of the accelerator
pedal. During normal operation, the PCM only uses the APP1 sensor
input, the other two serve as fail sensor.

For the voltage parameters, normal readings are:

APP1 – 0.35 to 0.95 volts at idle, 4.00 to 5.00 at WOT.
APP2 – About 4.50 volts at idle and steadily decrease to about 1.0
volts at WOT.
APP3 – About 4.00 volts at idle and steadily decrease to about 2.5
volts at WOT.

For the percentage parameters, normal readings range from zero for a
fully released accelerator to 100 percent at wide-open throttle (WOT).
The displayed value should increase as smoothly as the accelerator is
moved from closed to WOT.

APS MAIN (mV)_____X.XX

APS SUB (mV)____X.XX (range: unknown)
APS MAIN (%)_____XXX
APS SUB (%)____XXX (range: unknown)
These parameters are accelerator pedal sensor (APS) inputs
that are used by the PCM to control fuel delivery as requested by the
driver. During normal operation, the PCM only uses the APS MAIN
sensor input, APS SUB serves as a backup.

APS (V) (range: 0 to 5.1 volts)

The Accelerator Pedal Sensor (APS) is a potentiometer that sends
an analog signal 0- to 5-volt signal to the PCM. As the accelerator is
depressed the signal voltage increases. The PCM uses AP sensor signal
to calculate fuel injection quantity.

ARPMDES_XXXX (range: unknown)

This analog parameter displays the ancillary engine speed desired of
any ancillaries that may be fitted to the vehicle.

34
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ASCD CRUISE (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the automatic speed control
device (cruise) has been activated. When the system is functioning
properly ON means that the cruise control is affecting vehicle speed.

ASCD OD CUT (range: ON/OFF)

O/D CUT1
This discrete parameter indicates whether the transmission has been
commanded to shift from overdrive into a lower gear while operating in
the cruise control mode. Depending on the vehicle, this command may
be initiated by the driver pressing the acceleration switch on the Cruise
Control Console, or by the PCM, after sensing a loaded engine condition
caused by up-hill acceleration. ON means the transmission is shifting
from overdrive into a lower gear while operating in the cruise mode.

ASD RELAY___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether or not the PCM has ordered
the auto shutdown relay to turn on. The auto shutdown relay provides
power to the fuel pump, the ignition coil, and the fuel injectors. ASD
RELAY should read ON whenever the engine is running.

ASYNCH PULSE____XXX (range: YES/NO)

The asynchronous pulse to the fuel injectors provides extra fuel when
engine load and speed require it. Because these pulses are not
synchronized with the regular injector pulses, they are called
asynchronous. The asynchronous pulse function is similar to an
accelerator pump in a carburetor. The ASYNCH PULSE is YES when the
function is active and NO when it is not.

ATF (°C) (range: see text)

This analog parameter indicates the temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in degrees. This is calculated by the transmission
ECU based on input from the fluid temperature sensor.

ATF LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

These parameters indicate the status of the auto trans fluid temperature
(ATF) indicator lamp in the instrument panel. ON indicates a high ATF
temperature and OFF indicates normal operating temperatures.

AUDIO MENU SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the audio system menu switch
input to the audio system.

35
Alphabetical List of Parameters

AUDIO VOL(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the percentage level volume of the audio
system.

AUTO LOCK ENABL______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the status of the BCM or Alarm module auto
door lock Feature.

AUTOLMP INP(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the input of the auto lamp sensor to the BEM.
This is usually from the sunload sensor.

AUTOLMP ON DRV______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the auto lamp driver commanded
by the BEM.

AUTO SW_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the auto switch. When the
switch is held down the reading will change from OFF to ON and when
the switch is released it will revert back to OFF.

AUTO TRANS (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the vehicle is fitted with an
automatic transmission or not. Ensure that this is showing YES for
vehicles with an auto trans and NO for vehicles with a manual trans.

AVG EC (L/100km)_____X.X (range: see text)

This parameter displays the average fuel economy reading from the
trip computer. The reading should be consistent with the trip computer
reading.

AVG VSS (KPH)_____X.X (range: see text)

This parameter displays the average speed reading from the
trip computer. The reading should be consistent with the trip computer
reading.

AXLE___X.XX (range: varies)

This analog parameter displays the axle ratio set in the PCM for the
vehicle being tested. Check with vehicle manufacturer for specific axle
ratio for the model being tested.

36
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

B1S1 L-R(SEC) (range: 0 to 1.000 sec)

B2S1 L-R(SEC)
B1S1 R-L(SEC)
B2S1 R-L(SEC)
These analog parameters indicate the lean-to-rich (L-R) and rich-to-lean
(RL) oxygen sensor switching times for bank1 (B1) and bank2 (B2). The
PCM monitors for fluctuations in the voltage ranging from greater than
0.600 volts to less than 0.400 volts. The quicker the switching time the
better the condition of the O2S (oxygen sensor).

BAG & PRET DPLD_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays whether the seatbelt pretensioners and the
airbag (single or dual) have been deployed or not. If this parameter
displays YES the SRS module must be replaced, this parameter cannot
be cleared to read NO any other way.

BARO (Hz)_XXX (range: 125 to 160 Hz)

This parameter indicates barometric pressure in cycles per second, or
Hertz. At 160Hz the vehicle should be at sea level, at 125hz, the vehicle
should be at an elevation of 3050 meters (10000 feet).

BARO(kPa)___XXX (range: 10 to 125 kPa)

BARO(“Hg)___XX.X (range: 0 to 37.0 “Hg)
The ECU calculates a barometric pressure reading from the BARO
sensor voltage signal. Although the measurement range is 10 to 205
kPa or 0 to 60 “Hg, typical readings range from 100 kPa (29.6 “Hg) at
sea level to about 60 kPa (17.8 “Hg) at 14,000 feet. Compare the BARO
voltage and BARO pressure readings on the Scanner. Voltage should be
high when pressure is high, low when pressure is low. If either, or both,
of the readings appears abnormal for the expected local barometric
pressure, the sensor signal to the ECU is inaccurate or the ECU
calculations are incorrect for some reason.

BARO(V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12 volts)

The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor provides an analog voltage
parameter that varies directly with atmospheric (barometric) pressure.
The voltage signal can range from 0 to 5.12 volts. It should be high
when barometric pressure is near atmospheric pressure at sea level. It
should drop as barometric pressure drops. The ECU uses the BARO
sensor voltage along with the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
voltage to calculate manifold vacuum and true absolute pressure.

37
Alphabetical List of Parameters

Some systems do not have a BARO sensor, but the ECU provides a
BARO reading by sampling the MAP sensor reading with the key on and
the engine off, just before cranking. At this point, manifold pressure
should equal, or be very close to, atmospheric pressure. The ECU also
updates these BARO estimates when the engine is running by sampling
MAP voltage when the engine is at wide-open throttle.

BASE FUEL (mS)

This analog parameter is the measure of the base fuel to be injected as
calculated by the engine ECU. This base fuel is “added” to depending
operating conditions and feedback from sensors.

BATTERY(V)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5 volts)

BATT(V)___XX.X
BAT (V)___XX.X
The engine control system has no specific sensor to measure battery
voltage, but some ECU’s calculate this analog parameter from a sensing
circuit across the supply voltage circuit. Although the measurement
range is 0 to 25.5 volts, the reading should be close to normal charging
system regulated voltage with the engine running. This is typically 13.5
to 14.5 volts at idle. Check the reading against actual voltage measured
at the battery or alternator. Check vehicle specifications for exact values.
The battery voltage parameter is used principally for ECU self-
diagnostics.

BattSaver_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the
battery saver relay solenoid. When the system functions properly, ON
means the contacts of the relay are closed. When the battery saver relay
contacts are closed, all the accessories operate. If an accessory is left
on with the ignition key in the off position, eventually the battery saver
contacts will open, shutting off the accessory.

BLEND DR-ACT%____XXX
BLEND DR-TGT%____X.XX
These parameters display the target position and actual position for
the drivers and passengers air mix blend door positions. The air mix
blend doors are used to mix cold and warm air to achieve a desired
temperature.

38
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

BLM__________XXX (range: 0 to 255)

BLOCK LEARN___XXX
The block learn multiplier (BLM) number represents the operation and
longterm correction of the fuel metering of some fuel-injected engines.
The block learn number indicates whether the ECU is commanding
a rich or a lean mixture. Like the integrator, the BLM number can
range from 0 to 255. The midpoint is 128. A BLM number higher than
128 indicates that the ECU has commanded a long-term rich mixture
correction. A BLM number lower than 128 indicates that the ECU is
commanding a lean mixture. The BLM number follows the integrator
number and makes long-term corrections to fuel metering in response
to short-term integrator changes. For example, integrator and block
learn may both start at 128. The integrator number may move up toward
or above 130. At that point, the BLM number may move up to 129. The
integrator then will return to 128 to indicate that it is controlling fuel
metering at the midpoint of an overall richer operating condition. A
similar action occurs when the ECU commands a leaner mixture and the
numbers move downward. Refer to the INTEGRATR description for more
information.

You can compare BLM numbers to injector on-time. A number above

128 indicates increased on-time. A number below 128 indicates
decreased ontime. BLM corrections operate only in closed loop. In
open loop, the number goes to a fixed value, usually 128. Depending
on the vehicle, block learn may be stored in volatile or nonvolatile ECU
memory. If BLM is stored in volatile memory, the values are erased when
the engine is turned off and returned to 128 when the engine is
restarted. If BLM is stored in nonvolatile memory, the values are retained
when the engine is turned off and returned to the stored values when the
engine is restarted. Disconnecting the battery or removing the ECU fuse
erases nonvolatile memory and returns the BLM value to 128.

The block learn multiplier parameter may appear as BLM or as BLOCK

LEARN on various display lines for different engines.

BLM CELL_______XX (range: 0 to 15)

Block learn multiplier (BLM) is divided into 16 cells, numbered from 0 to
15. The cells are arranged in a theoretical grid, four or five high and four
or five wide. Height represents engine load from low to high. Width
represents engine speed from low to high. Any combination of engine
load and speed will fit into one of the 16 cells in the theoretical grid. The
BLM CELL parameter indicates which cell the engine is operating in at
the moment. Some fuel control programs do not use all 16 cells.
39
Alphabetical List of Parameters

BLM CELL CONT (range: 0 to 145)

The 02 Block Learn Mode Cell Control carries out mixture correction at
idle or part load conditions, but only if the 02 Integrator has deviated for
an extended period of time from the ideal air/fuel ratio and full load
enrichment is ON.

BLM PART REF (range: 0 to 128)

This analog parameter shows the long term condition of the block learn
multiplier (BLM). It should be compared to the 02 BLM CELL CONT
parameter, they should not vary from each other by more than %15.

BLOWER FAN (%)____XXXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the ECC command to the variable speed
blower motor. 0% is off and 100% is full speed for the blower fan.

BLOWER SET____XXXXXX (range: MANUAL/AUTO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the blower fan is operating
under manual control from the fan switch or under automatic control by
the ECC module.

BLOWER SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the input status for the interior fan
(blower) switch to the engine ECU. ON indicates the switch is on and
OFF indicates the switch is off.

BLOWER (V)____XX.X (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the voltage at the blower motor. 0V is off and
the voltage will increase with fan speed.

BLWR-ACT (%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the actual blower fan speed as a percentage.
0% is off and 100% is full speed for the blower fan.

BLWR KNOB POS(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the percentage position of the blower
control knob. 0% is off and 100% is full on.

BLWR-TGT (%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the target blower fan speed as a percentage.
0% is off and 100% is full speed for the blower fan.

40
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

BONNET SW________XXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This parameter displays the open or closed state of the bonnet. When
the bonnet is closed the parameter displays CLSD (although the actual
switch contacts are open), when the bonnet is open the display shows
OPEN (although the actual switch contacts are now closed). The BCM is
responding to the actual input state of the switch.

BOO ABS_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter reads OFF when the brakes are not applied and ON
when the brakes are applied. The readings for this parameter are the
same as the readings for the BOO=BRAKE SW parameter.

BOO=BRAKE SW_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

BrakeOnOff__XXX
This digital parameter is activated when the brake pedal is depressed.
Whenever the brake pedal is pressed, the brake on/off (BOO) switch
sends a battery voltage signal to the PCM. This parameter should read
ON when the pedal is pressed, and OFF at all other times. Depending
on the vehicle, the PCM may adjust engine idle speed with the brakes
applied and the A/C turned on, or may turn the A/C off after a preset
time. On vehicles with locking torque converters, the PCM may unlock
the torque converter when the brakes are applied.

BOO_GEM_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the brake on/off (BOO)
pedal switch signal to the GEM module. ON means the switch contacts
are closed.

BOOST (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates turbocharger boost pressure inside the intake
manifold. At idle boost pressure readings will be low. As turbocharger
boost increases the reading will increase.

BOOST(%)___XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This analog parameter, available on 3800 supercharged vehicles only,
indicates the percentage of the supercharger boost control duty cycle
(wastegate solenoid). Zero percent (0%) indicates no boost, while 100%
indicates full boost.

41
Alphabetical List of Parameters

BOOST SENSOR (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

This parameter indicates turbocharger boost pressure inside the intake
manifold. At idle boost pressure readings should be close to barometric
pressure. If the engine is fully loaded at WOT, boost pressure should be
high, on decel with the throttle closed, boost pressure should be zero.

BOOT SOL DRV___XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows whether the BCM is commanding the boot
release solenoid to activate to open the boot. The BCM will trigger the
solenoid in response to either the remote key signal or the glove box
mounted boot switch.

BOOT SW________XXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This parameter displays the open or closed state of the boot. When the
boot is closed the parameter displays CLSD (although the actual switch
contacts are open), when the boot is open the display shows OPEN
(although the actual switch contacts are now closed). The BCM is
responding to the actual input state of the switch.

BOOT SW___XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the status of the glovebox mounted boot switch.
ON indicates the switch is depressed and OFF indicates it is not being
pressed.

Bracket(^)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

This parameter displays the resistance of the airbag mounting bracket to
ground.

BRAKE LAMP__XXX (range: ON/OFF/CKT OPEN)

BRKLAMP_XXX
This parameter indicates the status of the brake lamp. For diagnostic
purposes, this parameter can be compared to the BRAKE LAMP CMD
parameter.

BRAKE LAMP CMD__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the present state of the ABS controller output
signal to the brake lamp.

BrakePrsApply_XXX (range: 0 to 12 volts)

This parameter indicates the command status to the brake pressure
applied switch. The SCANNER displays 0 volts when the switch is ON
and 12 volts when the switch is OFF.

42
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

BRAKE SW____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

BRAKE SW__XXXXXXXX (range: ON/OFF/CKT OPEN)
On most vehicles, this parameter indicates the status of the brake
switch. When the system functions properly, ON means the brake switch
contacts are closed, lighting the brake lamps.

On some vehicles, this parameter indicates the current position of the

brake switch and the condition of the circuit in three states:
1. BRAKE SW must be ON, or closed, for the antilock system to
operate. The brake switch circuit should close when the pedal is
depressed.
2. Brake SW should read OFF when the pedal is not depressed.
3. If the BRAKE SW reading is CKT OPEN under any condition,
the ABS module has detected a fault in the brake switch circuit.
Antilock functions may be fully or partially disabled.

BRAKE SWITCH_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the ABS brake switch. When the
brake pedal is at rest the display should indicate OFF and when the
pedal is depressed the display should change to ON.

BRK PDL SIG START (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the start signal brake switch.

C/SLEEV POS (V) (range: 0 to 5.1 volts)

This parameter displays the input signal from the control sleeve position
sensor in the diesel injection pump. The control module uses this
feedback information to determine the control sleeve position.

C1 REV (RPM)
This parameter displays the speed in rpm of the number 1 clutch drum,
which is driven by the transmission input shaft; it is transmitted to the
TCM from the C1 revolution sensor.

CALC B1 TWC (C°) (range: varies)

CALC B2 TWC (C°)
These parameters indicate the calculated temperature of the catalytic
converter. This is useful for determining if the Catalyst Monitor Test has
run.

43
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CALC PRES (BAR) (range: 0 to 55)

This analog parameter displays the calculated pressure of the
transmission fluid controlled by the pressure control solenoid. The
pressure is calculated by the transmission ECU and is based on the
pressure control solenoid current draw. NOTE: 1BAR is equal to
atmospheric pressure, 1 BAR = 100 kPa = 14.5 psi.

CAMDC_1 (range: unavailable)

CAMDC_2
These parameters indicate the PCM-commanded duty cycle of the
variable cam timing solenoids. CAMDC_1 refers to bank 1 cylinders, and
CAMDC_2 refers to bank 2- cylinders.

CAMERR_1 (range: unavailable)

CAMERR_2
These parameters indicate the variable cam timing error in crankshaft
degrees. CAMERR_1 refers to cylinders on bank 1, and CAMERR_2
refers to cylinders on bank 2.

CAM LO TO HI____XXXXX (range 0 to 65535)

This parameter is a counter that records the number of camshaft
position (CMP) sensor signal changes as voltage goes from low to high.

CAM REF MISSED_____X

See CRANK REF MISSED below.

CAM RETARD (°)______XX (range 0 to 360)

This parameter indicates the difference between the camshaft position
(CMP) and crankshaft position (CKP) sensor in degrees.

CAM SIGNAL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates ON when the crank angle sensor
signal is detected. Typically it will flicker between ON and OFF during
normal engine running.

CAN PURGE SOL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates when the canister purge solenoid is
being energised by the ECM/PCM.

44
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

CASeGND(V)_XX.XXX (range: -16.000 to 16.000 volts)

This parameter displays the voltage difference between the PCM case
ground and the signal return. A value above 0.050 volts indicates that
the ground circuit has excessive resistance.

Catalyst Efficiency Monitor (CAT) — Determines when the catalytic

converter has fallen below a minimum level of effectiveness. Inputs from
the ECT, IAT, and TP sensors are required to enable this monitor. Some
vehicles may also require CKP and VSS inputs. When this monitor is
READY, it relies mainly on inputs from the oxygen sensors.

CCP COMMAND____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

The charcoal canister purge (CCP) valve is controlled by a solenoid
that is energized to block vacuum and cut off purging when the engine
is cold or running at idle. The solenoid is de-energized to open the
vacuum line and allow purging on a warm engine running above idle.
Solenoid operation is controlled by ECU output commands.

The CCP COMMAND indicates the command for the actual canister
purge flow. The CCP COMMAND parameter is ON when the ECU has
deenergized the solenoid to turn on the purging function. It is OFF when
the ECU has energized the solenoid to turn off the purging function.

CCSA_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter stands for coast clutch solenoid – actual state. It
represents a feedback signal to the PCM indicating the status of the
coast clutch solenoid. When the system functions properly, both the
CoastClSol and CCSA parameters should simultaneously display ON or
OFF. When the solenoid is activated, the engine can brake in third gear
when the fourth gear is disabled by the transmission control switch.

CCSFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates the presence of a fault in the coast clutch
solenoid circuit. YES means a fault is present.

CCW_Shift_Mtr_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

CW_Shift_Mtr_XXX
These discrete parameters indicate the GEM command status for the
counterclockwise (CCW) and clockwise (CW) shift motor relays. When
the system functions properly, ON means the solenoid of the relay is
energized, closing the relay contacts. These relays control the
directional rotation of the shift motor inside the transfer case.

45
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CENTRL DR LOCKD______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the status of the central door locking system
whether they are locked or unlocked.

CENTRAL LOCK______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the command from the BCM to the central
locking. When either locking or unlocking the doors the parameter
changes from NO to YES to NO. When operating the deadlock the
parameter also changes from NO to YES to NO.

CHECK LIGHT (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the check engine light, or MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp, is ON. When the ECU detects a fault the
light is turned ON and the ECU may substitute some data parameters for
default values.

CHECK PCM____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays whether the LCD warning should be ON or OFF
for the PCM, Powertrain Control Module.

ChimeReq_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the
warning chime. In a properly functioning system, the SCANNER displays
ON when the chimes sound. The GEM module relies on inputs from the
door switches, door key cylinder, headlight switch and seatbelt buckle
to determine when to ring the chime alarm.

CHTIL_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

CHTILFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)
The CHTIL parameter indicates the status of the Cylinder Head
Temperature Indicator Lamp. CHTILFault indicates whether or not a fault
has occurred in the circuit.

CHT FailMode__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the Cylinder Head Temperature sensor
Failure Mode status. ON indicates that the PCM has detected a problem
with the CHT and is operating in CHT Failure Mode.

CKP-AT HI (range: unknown)

CKP-AT LO
These parameters are measurements of the crankshaft position sensor
(CKP) they are used to confirm a correct signal from the CKP.

46
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

CKPS-RPM (POS)
This analog parameter displays the RPM from the crankshaft position
sensor. The RPM is calculated by the engine ECU from the crankshaft
sensor signal.

CLEAR FLOOD____XXX (range: YES/NO)

On many fuel-injected engines, the ECU responds to engine cranking
with a wide-open throttle by commanding a clear flood mode. This mode
provides a very lean air-fuel mixture to help clear a flooded engine. On
the Scanner, CLEAR FLOOD should read YES under these cranking
conditions. If it does not, the ECU may not be getting an accurate TPS
signal, or there may be a problem with the clear flood program in the
ECU.

CLM ACT MODE____XXXX (range: see text)

This parameter indicates the actuator mode of the climate control.
Display Vent Door Position
MOVE Vent doors moving
SCRN Windscreen
SC/FL Windscreen & Floor
FLOOR Floor
FC/FL Face & Floor
FACE Face
AUTO Automatic (determined by module)
PARK Vents in Park position
INVLD May indicate this while vents moving or if fault exists.

CLOSED THROT (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the throttle is closed.

CLSD LOOP ADD (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter represents the operation and short-term correction to the
fuel mixture. ADD means adding or subtracting equal amounts of fuel to
every fuel block cell regardless of the pre-programmed base injection
pulse values. It works very effectively for idle mixture related problems,
but its effect is minimal at the higher engine speeds. For example,
vacuum leaks greatly affect fuel mixture at idle but become less severe
at higher RPM. The important distinction here is that the amount of fuel
correction in not dependant upon the original base in each fuel memory
cell.

47
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CLSD LOOP MUL (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter represents the operation and short-term correction to the
fuel mixture. MUL means multiplying or taking the pre-programmed cell
base value and multiplying that number by either a correction factor or
percent. Here, the correction amount increased or decreased in each
memory block cell is dependent on each cell’s base injection pulse. This
form of adaptation is required to compensate for fuel control type
problems that get worse with increased engine speed.

ClutchLock_XXXXXX (range: ACTIVE/INACTV)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the normally open driver
operated clutch pedal switch. ACTIVE means the switch contacts have
closed.

CLUTCH SW 1 (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the input status of the clutch switch to
the ECU.

CMP FailMode__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

CAM FAIL__XXX
This discrete parameter indicates the CaMshaft Position sensor Failure
or CAM FAIL Mode status. ON indicates that the PCM has detected a
problem with the CMP and is operating in CMP Failure Mode. This
parameter is only applicable to vehicles that have Variable Camshaft
Timing (VCT).

CMPS-RPM ______XXXX (range: see below)

This parameter displays the RPM, as calculated by the PCM, of the
diesel injection pump. The speed of the injection pump is half that of
engine RPM which is the same as the camshaft (CMPS) RPM.

CNTL DR DEADLCKD______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the status of the central door lock deadlock
feature.

COAST ACTL_XXX
This parameter indicates the status of the coast clutch solenoid to the
TCM/PCM.

48
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

CoastClSol_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

COAST CLTCH____XXX
This parameter indicates the PCM command status for the coast clutch
solenoid. ON means the coast clutch solenoid is activated. The
activated solenoid allows engine braking in third gear when fourth gear
is disabled by the transmission control switch.

CoastClSol(mA)_XXXX (range: 0 to 1000 mA)

CoastClSol(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100%)
These parameters display the analog signal being sent to the coast
clutch solenoid. CoastClSol(mA) displays the amount of current, and
CoastClSol(%) indicates the duty cycle of the pulse width modulated
signal. The activated solenoid allows engine braking in third gear when
fourth gear is disabled by the transmission control switch.

ColdAdvSol_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the PCM command status to the cold advance
solenoid. This solenoid is activated when the engine is cold to
compensate for cold weather operation.

COMMANDED GEAR_____XX (range: 1 to 4)

GEAR_______XX
This parameter indicates the gear the transmission is commanded to be
in by the TCM/PCM.

COMMANDED PCS(ma)___XXXX (range: 0.00 to 1100 m/amperes)

ACTUAL PCS(ma)________XXXX
The COMMANDED PCS parameter indicates the PCM commanded
current of the pressure control solenoid (PCS) circuit, while the ACTUAL
PCS parameter is a feedback signal to the PCM indicating the actual
PCS circuit current. A reading of 0.00 amperes indicates high line
pressue, while a reading of 1.10 amperes indicates low line pressure.

Comprehensive Component Monitor (COMPONENTS) — Determines

when a malfunction occurs in any PCM input or output circuit that is not
exclusively monitored by another monitor system. A malfunction can
be a short, an open, or an out-of-range value. This monitor is enabled
shortly after the engine is started. However, some individual components
may not immediately be available for monitoring.

49
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CONV OVERTEMP (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the automatic transmission
torque converter is in an overheated (overtemp) situation.

COOLANT_______XX (range: -40 to 215°C)

This parameter displays engine coolant temperature calculated by the
instrument panel using a signal from the ECC module.

COOLANT (°C)_____XXX (range: -40 to 199)

COOLANT (°F)_____XXX (range: -40 to 389)
ECT(°C)____XXX (range: -40 to 120)
ECT(°F)____XXX (range: -40 to 248)
The coolant temperature is an analog parameter, supplied to the ECU by
the coolant temperature sensor (CTS) or engine coolant sensor (ECT).
The CTS is a thermistor installed in the engine coolant passages. The
ECU converts CTS voltage signals to temperature readings. You can
change the measurement units on the Scanner from degrees Celsius
(°C) to degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The preset measurement is °C. Typical
readings with a fully warmed engine running at idle are 85° to 105°C
(185° to 220° F). A reading of -40° C or -40° F may indicate an open in
the sensor or the sensor circuit. A reading above 185° C or 366° F on
CTS’s may indicate a short in the sensor or the sensor circuit.

COOLANT SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates ON when the engine coolant switch is
closed due to engine temperature. If it is closed the ECM/PCM will
enable different running strategies.

COOLANT(V)___X.X (range: 0 to 5.1 volts)

The Scanner displays the voltage signal from the coolant temperature
sensor. Sensor voltage and temperature are inversely related. Low
temperature produces a high voltage signal; high temperature produces
low voltage.

COOL FAN RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

COOL FAN RELAY is a discrete parameter that that indicates whether or
not the engine electric cooling fan relay has been switched on by the
ECM/PCM.

50
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

COOLING FAN (range: OFF/LOW/HIGH)

(range: ON/OFF)
This discrete parameter indicates ON when the cooling fan has been
commanded on by the ECM/PCM by energising the cooling fan relay. Or
indicates what speed the fan is commanded to LOW or HIGH.

CPP/PNP_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of Clutch Pedal Position
switch (for vehicles with a manual transmission) or the Park Neutral
Position switch (for vehicles with an automatic transmission). The Clutch
Pedal Position switch displays ON when the clutch pedal is released and
OFF when the clutch pedal is depressed.

CPC DUTY (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the engine ECU control of the canister
purge solenoid. 0% is no purging and 100% is maximum purge.

CPC SOL VLV (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the ECU command to the canister
purge control (CPC) valve. ON indicates the canister should be in purge
mode and OFF indicates purging should be prevented.

CPP/PNP SW____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the Clutch Pedal Position
Switch or the Park Neutral Position switch is closed or not. The CPP
will read On when the clutch pedal is depressed. The PNP will read ON
when the selector lever is in Park or Neutral positions.

CRANK A SENSOR (range: 0 to engine maximum)

RPM is the measurement of engine speed and is always shown at the
left of the top line on the Scanner display. RPM is computed internally
by the ECU, based on reference pulses from the ignition system or a
crankshaft sensor.

CRANK #2 RPM
CRANK SIGNAL
CRANK A S 2
These parameters let you look at the status of the crank and cam sensor
signals used in direct ignition systems (DIS). CRANK #2 RPM is the cam
sensor signal, and CRANK SIGNAL is the starter signal.

51
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CRANK______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether or not the ignition switch
cranking circuit is closed through the starter solenoid. The CRANK
reading is YES when the cranking circuit is closed and the engine is
cranking. The reading is NO when the circuit is open. The CRANK signal
tells the ECU to shut down temporarily as the engine cranks because
power cannot be ensured with the high current draw of the starter.

CRANKING RPM____XXX (range: 0 to 800)

Some vehicles provide engine rpm signals while cranking. The ECU
uses this information to calculate fuel metering for the best air-fuel ratio
at starting. You can use CRANKING RPM to check cranking performance
or troubleshoot starting problems.

CRANKING___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the ignition switch. This
parameter reads ON when the ignition switch is in the crank (start)
position, and OFF at all other times. The engine controller uses this
signal to control fuel injection, idle speed, and ignition timing during
engine cranking.

CRANK REF MISSED_____X (range: 0 to 8 counts)

CAM REF MISSED_____X
The crankshaft (CRANK) reference (REF) missed parameter is the
number of crankshaft sensor pulses not recorded by the PCM. The
camshaft (CAM) reference (REF) missed parameter displays the number
of injection pump sensor pulses not recorded by the PCM.

At idle both parameters should read zero. The PCM uses the crank
signal parameter to determine crankshaft position and the cam signal to
determine injection pump cam position.

If a fault occurs in either circuit the vehicle goes into backup fuel mode
and the fuel system runs on a calculated injection rate based on the last
fuel injection pulse. The engine starts and continues to run but in the fuel
backup with either of these faults present. Also since the PCM calculates
RPM based on crank pulses the RPM parameter reads zero if a fault is
detected in the crankshaft circuit.

52
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

CRANK SIGNAL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates ON when the crank angle sensor
signal is detected. Typically it will flicker between ON and OFF during
normal engine running.

CRaSHSN1(^)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

CRaSHSN2(^)_XX.X
These parameters indicate the resistances of the crash sensors.
CRaSHSN1 refers to sensor number 1, and CRaSHSN2 refers to sensor 2.

CRUISE CNTL SW______XXX

CC INPUT SIG (range: ON/OFF)
This parameter displays the state of the cruise control switch. When the
switch is off the parameter displays OFF, when the switch is held in the
display shows ON. The cruise control switch is a momentary switch,
when it is released the display will return to OFF. The BCM is responding
to the actual input state of the switch.

CRUISE DRIVER________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the cruise control driver. The cruise
control driver enables the cruise control system, if the parameter is
displaying OFF and the cruise control switch is toggled the display will
switch to ON and the on cruise control lamp on the dash should light up.
If the display is showing ON and the cruise control switch is toggled the
display should change to OFF and the dash lamp will extinguish.

CRUISE ON______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

CC ENGAGED____XXX
CRUISE ACTV___XXX
CC ENABLED____XXX
For vehicles fitted with Cruise Control. These parameters display the
status of the cruise control (CC) system. CRUISE ON indicates the input
from the CC ECU that the system has been turned ON and is reading for
use. CC ENGAGED and CRUISE ACTV indicates whether the system is
engaged and is actively controlling vehicle speed.

CRUISE SIG (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the transmission is receiving a “Cruise
control active” signal from the Cruise Control system.

53
Alphabetical List of Parameters

CTP (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the throttle is in the closed
position. The PCM uses this parameter to cut fuel delivery during
deceleration within certain rpm ranges. This parameter may be
PCMcalculated based on throttle (TP) sensor, or it may rely on a closed
throttle (CTP) switch integral to the TP sensor. ON means the PCM
senses a closed throttle.

CURRENT CODES (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates how many engine and/or automatic
transmission codes are currently set. (Note:255 is only a figure used by
the PCM and would not be seen in a real situation.)

CUR INJ BEGIN____X.X (range: unknown)

This analog parameter indicates the amount of diesel fuel injection
advance currently applied by the PCM, in crankshaft degrees.

CURRENT ERROR (range: 0 to 4.98)

This parameter shows the difference in the amperage reading between
the CURRENT PCS and the ACTUAL PCS parameters. It is used by the
TCM/ PCM to ensure correct operation of the pressure control solenoid.

CURRENT GEAR___XXXXX (range: see below)

These parameters display the gear the transaxle is currently operating
in. For a description of CREEP see the ACCEL SWITCH parameter
above. CURRENT GEAR displays question marks (????) between gears
or when the signal is invalid. When the GEAR parameter displays “1” the
vehicle can be in reverse, drive, or first gear.

CURRENT PCS (A) (range: 0 to 4.98)

This parameter shows the commanded amperage of the pressure
control solenoid (PCS) by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to
control line pressure in the transmission. As amperage increases line
pressure will decrease. A 0.00 reading (no current flow) would indicate
full line pressure and a 4.98 (high current flow) would indicate a lower
line pressure.

CURRNT TAP CELL (range: 4 to 16)

This parameter displays the current torque cell that is being used for
fluid line pressure adaptation.

54
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

CYL HEAD (°)_XXX (range: unknown)

CHT (°)_XXX
This parameter displays the Cylinder Head Temperature this reading is
calculated by the PCM based on the cylinder head temperature sensor
input. It is used by the PCM for fuel metering and also during engine
over temperature situations to use alternative engine cooling strategies.

CylHdTemp(V)_X.XX (range 0 to 5.00V)

This parameter indicates cylinder head temperature in voltage. The
higher the voltage, the lower the temperature.

CylHdTemp(°F)____XX (range: not available)

CylHdTemp(°C)____XX
This parameter indicates the converted voltage reading of the cylinder
head temperature sensor by the PCM.

CYL x MISFIRES (range: 0 to 100%)

NOTE: The “x” in CYL x MISFIRES is a variable from 1 to 8, depending
on the cylinder being monitored. This parameter indicates the misfire
rate detected in each cylinder. Expressed as a percentage, the misfire
rate only include the previous 1000 crankshaft revolutions. A 0% reading
means no misfires occurred during the past 1000 crankshaft revolutions.

D_Airbag(^)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

P_Airbag(^)_XX.X
These parameters display the resistance between the two contacts of
the airbag. D_Airbag refers to the driver-side airbag, and P_Airbag refers
to the passenger-side airbag.

DASH LAMPS(%)______XX (range: 40% to 100%)

This analogue parameter displays the percentage of dimming that has
been selected for the dash lamps. This parameter will increase or
decrease as the dimmer switch is toggled up or down. This will display a
reading wit the ignition ON or OFF but can only be adjusted with the
ignition ON.

DCC SOL DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the duty cycle percentage for the
damper clutch control solenoid (or torque converter clutch control
solenoid). In a correctly operating and warmed up transmission this
solenoid will show 70% to 90% in 4th gear at a constant 70 km/h.

55
Alphabetical List of Parameters

DCCSV SLIP (RPM)___XXX (range: 0 to 510 rpm)

DCCSV DC(%)___XXX.X (range: 0 to 100.0%)
DCC RPM SLIP
LOCK UP SOL
The damper clutch control solenoid valve (DCCSV) slip parameter
displays the rpm difference between the input and output vanes of the
torque converter. Domestic automakers refer to this as TCC slip. The
DCCSV DC(%) parameter displays the duty cycle (DC) of the pulse-
widthmodulated (PWM) signal to the solenoid, indicating valve position.
This solenoid applies hydraulic pressure to the torque converter.

DEADLOCK SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the deadlock switch in the right
hand front door. The parameter displays OFF when the deadlock switch
is off and ON when the deadlock switch is on. The BCM is responding to
the actual input state of the switch.

DECEL ENLEAN____XXX (range: YES/NO)

During deceleration of a fuel-injected engine, the ECU reduces the
injector pulse width to create a lean air-fuel mixture. DECEL ENLEAN is a
discrete output parameter from the ECU. It is based on sensor inputs
and ECU calculations of throttle position, manifold absolute pressure
(MAP) rpm, and coolant temperature. DECEL ENLEAN usually should
read YES during deceleration to indicate that the ECU is reducing
injector pulse width. It should read NO during all conditions other than
deceleration.

DECEL F/CUT (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the control module is
commanding fuel cut off during deceleration.

DECEL FUEL C/OFF__XXX (range: YES/NO)

FC AIRFLOW
DECEL FUEL C/OFF is the extreme limit of DECEL ENLEAN. When
throttle position, MAP or MAF, and rpm reach minimum values, the ECU
shuts off fuel completely during deceleration. DECEL FUEL C/OFF
should read YES and FC AIRFLOW should read ON when the ECU
issues this cutoff command; NO at all other times.

Lean mixtures, or fuel cutoff, on deceleration help to prevent high HC

emissions and allow the engine to return to a 14.7:1 idle air-fuel ratio
more quickly. Reduced fuel flow also helps to prevent stalling at idle
from an overly rich mixture.
56
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

DECEL(G) (range: unknown)

DECEL 2(G)
These analog parameters display the deceleration rate of the vehicle as
calculated by the ABS ECU during braking deceleration. It’s input is
used when to control the rate of ABS assistance.

DEPLOYMENTS____X (range: 0 or 1)
DEPLOYMENTS #1
This discrete parameter indicates the number of times the airbags have
been deployed.

DES B1S1 LAMBDA (range: 0 to 2.0)

DES B2S1 LAMBDA
These parameters indicate the desired or target lambda required for
Bank1 and Bank2.

DES ENG RPM (range: 0 to 3187)

This parameter indicates the desired engine rpm set by the ECM/PCM.
This parameter usually displays similar to the desired idle speed.

DES EXH CMP B1 % (range: 0 – 100)

This parameter displays the desired position of the Bank1 variable
exhaust camshaft as a duty cycle. The higher the reading the more
advance is desired.

DES EXH CMP B2 % (range: 0 – 100)

This parameter displays the desired position of the Bank2 variable
exhaust camshaft as a duty cycle. The higher the reading the more
advance is desired.

DES EXH CMP B1­° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the desired exhaust camshaft position for
Bank1 as determined by the control module. The scan tool will display
a higher value for more advanced exhaust valve timing, such as at high
load or speed conditions. The scan tool will display a lower value for a
less advanced exhaust valve timing, such as at idle.

57
Alphabetical List of Parameters

DES EXH CMP B2­° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the desired exhaust camshaft position for
Bank2 as determined by the control module. The scan tool will display
a higher value for more advanced exhaust valve timing, such as at high
load or speed conditions. The scan tool will display a lower value for a
less advanced exhaust valve timing, such as at idle.

DES INT CMP B1 % (range: 0 – 100)

This parameter displays the desired position of the Bank1 variable inlet
camshaft as a duty cycle. The higher the reading the more advance is
desired.

DES INT CMP B2 % (range: 0 – 100)

This parameter displays the desired position of the Bank2 variable inlet
camshaft as a duty cycle. The higher the reading the more advance is
desired.

DES INT CMP B1­° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the desired inlet camshaft position for Bank1
as determined by the control module. The scan tool will display a
higher value for more advanced inlet valve timing, such as at high load
or speed conditions. The scan tool will display a lower value for a less
advanced inlet valve timing, such as at idle.

DES INT CMP B2­° (range: 0 - 40)

This parameter displays the desired exhaust camshaft position for
Bank2 as determined by the control module. The scan tool will display
a higher value for more advanced exhaust valve timing, such as at high
load or speed conditions. The scan tool will display a lower value for a
less advanced inlet valve timing, such as at idle.

DESIRED FUEL RAIL PRESSURE (MPA)

Indicates Desired Fuel rail pressure in Mega Pascals by the engine ECU.

DESIRED IDLE_XXXX (range: 0 to engine maximum)

DESIRED IDLE is the measurement of idle speed that the PCM is trying
to maintain. On some vehicles, DESIRED IDLE does not become active
until the engine has run for 5 seconds. If there is a large difference
between actual idle and DESIRED IDLE rpm readings, the PCM may
have reached its control limit without being able to control the idle
speed. This may be due to a basic mechanical or electrical problem with
the engine.

58
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

DESIRED INJECTION QUANITITY (mm3)

This parameter indicates the amount of fuel to be injected in cubic
millimeters of the main injection.

DESIRED INTAKE THROTTLE POSITION (%) (range: 0 to 100%)

Displays the desired position of the Intake Throttle Position Sensor as a
percentage.

DES IAC g/sec____XXX (range: 0 to 64)

This parameter displays the calculated airflow in the IAC passage.

DES IAC POS (range: 0 to 255 steps)

DES IAC _____XXX
DES IAC POS indicates the commanded position of the idle air control
motor pintle by the ECM/PCM in maintaining the desired idle speed.
This parameter is monitored by the ACT IAC POS parameter.

DES LINE (PSI)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the commanded pressure of the pressure control
solenoid by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control line
pressure in the transmission.

DES THROT POS (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the desired accelerator pedal position in
degrees. 0% being shut and 100% being fully open.

DES TIMING(°)_____XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5º)

This desired injection timing parameter indicates the PCM requested
injection timing in degrees before top dead center. This is for diesel
engine vehicles. The PCM monitors and controls this parameter based
on the crankshaft and camshaft sensor signals, as well as TDC offset.
See ACT TIMING(°).

DIAG LAMP
See HOLD LAMP.

DIAG REQUEST_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter displays status of the glow plug diagnostic
system. YES indicates it is enabled and NO indicates it is not enabled.

DIFF IDLE SPEED (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the rpm value of the difference in speed of the
desired idle rpm and the actual idle rpm.
59
Alphabetical List of Parameters

D/M MUFFLER SW___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

The Mitsubishi 3000GT Turbo and the Dodge Stealth turbo have a dual-
mode (D/M) muffler. A valve in the main muffler inlet switches between
two different inlet apertures, a large aperture (sport mode) for improved
fuel consumption and driveability, and a smaller aperture (tour mode)
for quieter operation at lower engine rpm. The muffler mode changeover
switch on the dash selects the desired mode. When the switch is in the
TOUR position, the D/M MUFFLER SW parameter reads ON; when the
switch is in the SPORT position, this parameter reads OFF.

DOME LAMP DRV______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the interior dome lamp delay driver.
The parameter is ON when the interior lamp is on and OFF when the
lamp is off. The interior lamp is on a delay so after the doors are shut the
lamp will remain in for 30 seconds or until the ignition switch is turned
on. It will also display ON when the doors are unlocked with the remote
key.

DoorAjarLamp_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the door
ajar lamps. When the system functions properly, ON means the door
ajar lamps are lit.

DOOR LOCK SW________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the input state of the door lock switch.

DoorsUnlock_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the door
unlock solenoids. ON means the GEM has commanded the solenoids to
energise.

DOWN SW Range: On/Off

Indicates the mode of the transmission Down switch in the automatic
transmission lever.

DPFE(V)_X.XX (range: zero to 5.00 volts)

PFE(V)_X.XX
These analog parameters indicate exhaust pressure. The pressure
feedback EGR (PFE) and differential pressure feedback EGR (DPFE)
sensors convert a varying exhaust pressure signal into a proportional
analog voltage signal to the PCM. The PCM uses this signal to compute
optimum EGR flow.

60
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

D POS SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the contacts to the drive
position switch are closed or open. On a properly functioning vehicle,
ON means the switch contacts are closed and the vehicle is in drive.

D_Preten(^)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

P_Preten(^)_XX.X
These parameters display the resistance of the shoulder belt pre-
tensioner circuit. D_Preten refers to the driver side pre-tensioner, and
P_Preten refers to the passenger side pre-tensioner.

DRIVER AIRBAG LOOP: CAPACITANCE(nF)_____XXX

PASS. AIRBAG LOOP: CAPACITANCE(nF)______XXX
RH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP CAPACITANCE(nF)_____XXX
LH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP CAPACITANCE(nF)_____XXX
(range: see text)
This parameter displays the capacitance of the driver’s and front
passenger’s airbag wiring loops. A typical reading would be about 470
nF, a variation of more than ±10% indicates a problem and may set a
DTC. Capacitance should be read with resistance, when they are both
within specification the wiring is OK.

DRIVER AIRBAG LOOP: RESISTANCE(OHM)_____XXX

PASS. AIRBAG LOOP: RESISTANCE(OHM)______XXX
RH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP RESISTANCE (OHM)_______XXX
LH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP RESISTANCE (OHM)_______XXX
(range: see text)
These parameters display the resistance of the driver’s and front
passenger’s airbag wiring loop. A typical reading should be a low
resistance value, about 2.1 Ohms. A reading of 6.3 Ohms or more may
indicate an open circuit in the wiring loop and may set a DTC.

DRIVER PRETEN LOOP: CAPACITANCE(nF)_____XXX

PASS. PRETEN LOOP: CAPACITANCE(nF)_____XXX
(range: see text)
This parameter displays the capacitance of the driver’s and front
passenger’s seatbelt pretensioner wiring loops. A typical reading would
be about 470 nF, a variation of more than ±10% indicates a problem and
may set a DTC. Capacitance should be read with resistance, when they
are both within specification the wiring is OK.

61
Alphabetical List of Parameters

DRIVER PRETEN LOOP: RESISTANCE(OHM)_____XXX

PASS. PRETEN LOOP: RESISTANCE(OHM)_____XXX
(range: see text)
These parameters display the resistance of the driver’s and front
passenger’s seatbelt pretensioner wiring loop. A typical reading should
be a low resistance value, about 2.1 Ohms. A reading of 6.3 Ohms or
more may indicate an open circuit in the wiring loop and may set a DTC.

DRM STATUS (range: On/Off)

No information available.

DRV AIR MIX____X.XX (range: 0 to 3.5 volts)

PASS AIR MIX____X.XX
DR MIX FBK____X.XX
PS MIX FBK____X.XX
These parameters display the feedback voltage from the drivers (DR or
RH) and passengers (PS or LH) air mix doors position sensors. The ECC
uses this voltage to determine the air mix doors current positions. The
air mix doors are used to mix cold and warm air to achieve a desired
temperature.

DRV AIRMIX DES%____X.XX (range: 0 to 100)

DRV AIRMIX FBK%____X.XX
PASS AIRMIX DES%____X.XX
PASS AIRMIX FBK%____X.XX
These parameters display the desired position and feedback position
for the drivers and passengers air mix doors positions. The air mix doors
are used to mix cold and warm air to achieve a desired temperature.

DRV PRET LP ENBL___XXX

PAS PRET LP ENBL___XXX (range: YES/NO)
These parameters display whether the loop for the drivers seatbelt
pretensioner or the front passengers seatbelt pretensioner are enabled
(parameter shows YES) or disabled (parameter shows NO).

DRVR DOOR________XXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This parameter displays the state of the drivers door. The parameter is
OPEN when the door is open (although the actual switch is closed) and
CLSD when the door is closed (although the actual switch is open). The
BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

62
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

DRVR DOOR UNLOCK________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the status of the drivers door lock switch, it
should display OFF when the drivers door is locked and ON when the
drivers door is unlocked.

DRV SET (°C)___XXX

PAS SET (°C)___XXX
These analog parameters display the temperature currently set by the
driver or passenger input. Some models may have only driver input
available.

DRV SRS LP ENBL___XXX

PAS SRS LP ENBL___XXX
RH SIDE LP ENBL
LH SIDE LP ENBL (range: YES/NO)
These parameters display whether the loop for the drivers airbag or the
front passengers airbag are enabled (parameter shows YES) or disabled
(parameter shows NO).

DTC CNT_XXX (range: see below)

This parameter displays the number of memory codes that have been
set in the module. The number changes each time a new code is set.

DTC CNT2_XX (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the number diagnostic trouble codes set
during KOEO or KOER tests during the current ignition cycle.

DTC’S_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

YES indicates the control module has Diagnostic Trouble Codes set. NO
indicates no DTC’s have been set.

DTC’S STATUS_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

YES indicates the PCM has set Diagnostic Trouble Codes. NO indicates
no DTC’s have been set.

EC IGN RLY CKT STATUS (range: OK, Indeterminate, Fault)

Status of the engine control ignition relay circuit.

63
Alphabetical List of Parameters

EC IGN RLY FDBK (V)

Voltage signal sent to the control module from the engine control
ignition relay. The scan tool will display battery voltage when the engine
is running. The scan tool will display no voltage when the relay is OFF.

ECONOMY SW_____XXXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows if the Economy Power switch is ON/OFF.

ECON/PWR SW__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the economy or power
mode as selected by the driver. Some XR6 or XR8 series vehicles may
display this parameter although they do not have the ECON/PWR SW
fitted.

EFE COMMAND___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether or not the ECU has commanded the
early fuel evaporation (EFE) system to turn on. The EFE system is used
on carbureted engines to preheat the incoming air-fuel mixture for a cold
engine. The EFE system may be a vacuum-operated manifold heat
control valve or an electric grid heater under the carburetor.

When EFE COMMAND is ON, the EFE system has received a signal to
energize. When EFE COMMAND is OFF, the system has been
deenergized to remove heat from the air-fuel mixture. This parameter is
an output signal from the ECU only. It does not indicate whether the EFE
system has responded.

EGR COMMAND___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

EGR SOLENOID___XXX (range: ON/OFF)
This parameter indicates whether or not the ECU has commanded the
EGR vacuum solenoid or vacuum switching valve (VSV) to open. When
EGR COMMAND (SOLENOID or SYS) is ON, the solenoid has received
a signal to energize, open the vacuum line, and apply vacuum to the
EGR valve. When EGR COMMAND (SOLENOID or SYS) is OFF, the
solenoid has been de-energized to cut off EGR vacuum. This parameter
is usually OFF in park or neutral, at idle, or in open loop. It is usually ON
at cruising speed in closed loop.

This parameter is an output signal from the PCM only. It does not
indicate whether the solenoid or valve has responded or whether the
EGR valve has actually opened.

64
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

EGR COMMAND(%) (range: 0 to 100)

EGR FDBACK(%)
EGR PINTLE(V)
EGR (%)
These analog parameters display the duty cycle for the Exhaust Gas
Recirculating valve. EGR valve open/close rate depends on operating
conditions of the engine.

EGRC SOL/V A (range: ON/OFF)

EGRC SOL/V B
These discrete parameters indicate the control module command to the
EGR control solenoids A and B.

EGRDtyCycle(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the commanded opening of the EGR valve by
the PCM, measured as a duty cycle.

EGR PINTLE(V) (range: 0 to 5.00)

This parameter displays the voltage feedback used to determine the
position of the EGR valve pintle. 0 volts is fully closed and 5 volts would
be fully open.

EGR STEPS (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates the ECU command to the EGR valve. 0
steps is fully closed and 255 would be fully open.

EGR TEMP(°C)___XXX (range: -50 to 320° C)

EGR TEMP(°F)___XXX (range: -58 to 600° F)
EGR gas temperature is detected by a sensor slightly downstream from
the EGR control valve. A decrease in EGR temperature indicates
restricted EGR flow or a system malfunction.

EGR TEMP(V)___X.XX (range 0 to 5.12 volts)

This parameter is a feedback signal from a thermistor in the EGR
passage. The voltage indicates the amount of EGR flowing. High voltage
means a high flow rate; low voltage means low or no EGR flow. EGR (V)
B2 refers to cylinder bank 2 which would have separate EGR system
to bank 1. EGR TEMP(V) refers to bank1 when there are two cylinder
banks.

65
Alphabetical List of Parameters

EGR VOL CON/V

This analog parameter displays the EGR volume control as commanded
by the engine ECU.

EGR VOLUME STEPS (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the position of the EGR volume control valve
stepper-motor. The valve regulates the amount of flow through the EGR
system. As the stepper-motor count increases, flow increases.

ELC RELAY(V) (range: 0 to 14)

This analog parameter displays the output voltage of the control relay. It
should display system voltage for a correctly operating system.

ELEC LOAD (A) (range : 0 to 37)

This analog parameter displays the reading in amperage of the electrical
load that is being sensed by the PCM. This reading is used by the PCM
to control the alternator charging rate.

ELEC LOAD SW (range: ON/OFF)

LOAD SIGNAL
This discrete parameter indicates electrical load on the charging system
(such as headlamps, brake lamps, rear defogger). When certain
combinations of accessories are on, this parameter displays ON. When
certain combinations of accessories are off, this parameter displays OFF.
The engine controller uses this parameter to compensate for electrical
loading during idle.

ENABLE RELAY__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the state of the ABS controller output signal to
the enable relay. This relay provides battery voltage and current to the
ABS controller and the electromagnetic brakes (EMB’s).

ENERGY RESERVE___OFF (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the SRS energy reserve. This
reserve would become active if the SRS system lost power from the
battery, it enables the SRS to function if this situation occurs.

ENG CRANK(SEC) (range: unknown)

This analog parameter displays the time in seconds of the cranking time
before the engine started. It displays the engine cranking time for the
current ignition cycle.

66
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ENG ENABLE_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the theft deterrent system as to
whether the engine is enabled to start and run. ON indicates it is
enabled to run and OFF indicates it is not enabled.

ENGINE CHECK LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the PCM command to the engine
check lamp in the instrument cluster. ON indicates the lamp is being
commanded on and OFF indicates the lamp should be off.

ENGINE LOAD(%)___XXX (range: 0 to 160%)

ENGINE LOAD(%) is an analog parameter calculated by the engine
controller. It is based on engine speed (rpm), number of cylinders, and
manifold airflow. ENGINE LOAD(%) indicates relative engine load. A high
number indicates a heavy load; a low number, a light load.

ENGINE RPM_________XXX
INPUT RPM_____XXX
OUTPUT RPM_________XXX
TURBINE RPM____XXX
OUTPUT SPEED (KPH)__XXX (range: 0 to engine or trans. max.)
On vehicles with electronic transmissions, three sensors provide engine
speed, input shaft speed, and output shaft speed data to the
transmission module. The ENGINE RPM parameter is from the ignition
system. The module uses engine speed to calculate the overdrive ratio.
Input speed is used to determine actual turbine speed and to control
line pressure. Output speed is used to control TCC, line pressure,
shift timing, and toque. Turbine speed is taken directly from the input
speed sensor when the transmission is in 1st, 2nd, and 3rd gear.
However, when the transmission is in 4th gear the forward clutch drum
is overrunning which makes direct turbine speed reading inaccurate.
Therefore, the transmission module calculates the turbine speed in 4th
gear by multiplying input speed by a calibrated value.

ENG DTC SET (range YES/NO)

This discrete parameter shows whether any engine diagnostic trouble
codes have been set in the ECM/PCM.

67
Alphabetical List of Parameters

ENG LOAD (mS) (range: 0 to 99.9)

This parameter is calculated by the ECU from a number of signals.
These signals are usually from the airflow meter, air temperature and
engine RPM. The ECU uses this parameter as a base for calculating
injection timing.

ENG OIL TEMP (range: -40 to +327°)

This parameter displays engine oil temperature in degrees, which the
PCM uses to control the cooling fans.

EngOilTemp(°)_XXX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the temperature of the engine oil, this reading is
calculated by the PCM based on the oil temperature sensor input.

EngOilTemp(V)_XXX (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

This parameter displays the voltage output of the oil temperature sensor.

ENG OIL TEMP SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the current state of the engine oil
temperature switch. ON indicates that the switch is returning a high oil
temperature reading.

ENG RPM___XXXX (range: 0 to engine maximum)

The transaxle controller internally calculates this parameter by directly
monitoring the pulses off the ignition coil.

ENG RPM LIMIT (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the that the ECU is operating with the
engine rev limiter active. This will limit the engine rpm to about 4000 rpm
and could indicate that the ECU is running in a limited operation strategy
(los or limp home mode) this enables the ECU to automatically supply
substitute values when sensor failure occurs, so that a sensor can fail
and not necessarily affect driveability. Reading should normally be NO.

ENG STATUS (range: ON/OFF)

This analog parameter indicates whether the engine is running or not.

ENG STOPPED (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the engine is running or
stopped.

68
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ENG TORQ(lb/ft) (range: 0 to 9999 lb./ft.)

ENG TORQ(N-M) (range: 0 to 65025 Nm)
TORQ DELIV(Nm)
These parameters display engine torque, which is PCM calculated value
based on engine load, throttle position, mass airflow, and other engine
and transmission inputs. This parameter is accurate to within 15 ft-lb of
actual measured engine torque.

ENG TQI (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the engine “torque index” or engine load
as calculated by the transmission ECU. This is used for determining
shift timings and patterns.

ENG WARMUP (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the engine is warmed up
or not.

EPC(PSI)_XXX (range: 0 to 100 psi)

ElecPrsCtrl_XXX
Electronic pressure control (EPC) controls fluid pressure in the
transmission.

EPC(V)_XX.XX (range: 2 volts to battery voltage)

This parameter displays the average operating voltage of the
pulsewidth-modulated electronic pressure control (EPC) solenoid. A low
average voltage reading indicates higher transmission line pressure; a
higher reading indicates lower line pressure.

EPR(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This analog parameter shows the PCM command to the exhaust
pressure regulator valve. It is measured in percentage where 0% is
closed and 100% is fully open.

ERASE CYCLES (range: 0 to 250)

This analog parameter displays the number of times faults have been
cleared by a scan tool. This is useful for intermittent faults when
combined with FAULT #1 & FAULT #2 parameters.

69
Alphabetical List of Parameters

ESC ACTIVE_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

ESC FAILURE______XXX
On vehicles with electronic spark control (ESC), the ESC ACTIVE
parameter indicates whether or not the ECU is controlling spark advance.
When the engine is cranking, the ignition module controls timing,
electronic spark timing is disabled, and this parameter reads NO. After the
engine starts, the ECU controls timing and this parameter reads YES.

On these vehicles, the detonation sensor and ESC module send the
ECU information on knock and pinging. If any of these ESC components
fail, the ECU may indicate ESC FAILURE___YES. This is usually
accompanied by trouble code 43. ESC FAILURE should read NO if the
system is working properly.

ESC COUNTER___XXX (range: 0 to 255)

ESC COUNTER is a signal from the detonation sensor on engines with
electronic spark control (ESC). This parameter is a counter that indicates
the relative duration and magnitude of spark knock. The range from 0 to
255 does not indicate actual time. Any number greater than 0 indicates
that knock occurred. A low number means short duration; a higher
number indicates longer duration and magnitude.

ETC ACT°___XXX (range: 0 to 100)

ETC DSD°___XXX
This analog parameter displays the Electronic Throttle Control desired
opening angle (DSD) and the actual opening angle (ACT).

ETC SWITCH_____XX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter shows the current position of the Traction
Control Switch. The TRAC switch is a momentary switch and will ON
only when the switch is being held in, otherwise it will indicate OFF.

EV(%) (range: 0 to 159)

This parameter displays the volumetric efficiency, or engine load, as
calculated by the PCM. It is used to determine shift timings and patterns.

EVAP DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the amount of evaporative canister purge
regulation as a percentage. 0 is no idle speed regulation and 100 is
maximum regulation.

70
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

Evaporative Emission System Monitor (EVAP SYS) — Checks the

function of EVAP components and the ability to flow fuel vapor
(hydrocarbons) to the engine. The sequence-of-events required to
enable this monitor vary, depending on the EVAP system components.

EVAPCPFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates if the PCM detects a fault in the canister purge
solenoid circuit. YES means a fault is present.

EVAPCVFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates if the PCM detects a fault in the canister vent
solenoid circuit. YES means a fault is present.

EVAP PRES(V) (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

This parameter indicates the pressure in the EVAP purge line. As EVAP
pressure increases, sensor voltage increases. The PCM uses this signal
to detect leaks and faulty components.

EVAP(V)____X.XX (range: 0 to 3.5)

EVAP (°C)____X.XX (range: -40 to 88)
The EVAP (V) parameter displays the voltage signal from the evaporator
temperature sensor for the ECC (Electronic Climate Control). The
EVAP (°C) parameter displays the evaporator temperature in Celsius
calculated by the ECC based on the above voltage reading.

EXH/GAS REG V (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the control module command to the
turbocharger exhaust gas regulator valve.

ExhBackPrs_XXX (range: 0 to 2368 psi)

This parameter relies on a variable capacitor exhaust back pressure
sensor in the right exhaust manifold to indicate pressure.

Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Monitor (EGR SYS) — Tests the

integrity and flow characteristics of the EGR system. This monitor is
enabled during EGR system operation, after certain base engine
operating conditions are satisfied. Inputs from the ECT, IAT, TP, and CKP
sensors are required to enable the EGR monitor.

71
Alphabetical List of Parameters

EXHAUST OXYGEN___XXXX (range: RICH/LEAN)

REAR O2___XXXX
LEFT O2___XXXX
RIGHT O2___XXXX
O2S #1 STATUS__XXXXXX (range: RICH/CENTER/LEAN)
O2S #2 STATUS__XXXXXX
REAR O2 STATUS__XXXXXX
These parameters indicate the general rich or lean condition of the
exhaust as measured by the O2 sensor. Exhaust oxygen content is
related to oxygen content in the intake air-fuel mixture and thus indicates
intake airfuel ratio. The exhaust gas oxygen sensor (O2) sensor is the
primary sensor that indicates whether the engine is running rich or lean.
The O2 sensor must be hot (above 500°F), and the ECU must be in
closed loop before the ECU will respond to the sensor signal. RICH or
LEAN indicates the general condition of the exhaust. The O2 voltage
indicates the exact sensor signal. Refer to the O2(mV) explanation for
more information.

Some early-model vehicles have separate O2 sensors for the left and
right banks. Exhaust conditions from these sensors are shown as LEFT
O2 and RIGHT O2, or EXHAUST OXYGEN and REAR O2. Late-model
vehicles that have two sensors display them as O2S #1 and O2S #2,
with #1 indicating the bank that contains cylinder number 1.

EXH CMP B1 VAR° (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the difference in the desired position and actual
position of the Bank1 exhaust camshaft when variable valve timing is
active.

EXH CMP B2 VAR° (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the difference in the desired position and actual
position of the Bank2 exhaust camshaft when variable valve timing is
active.

EXT BRAKE TRVL (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the extended brake travel switch contact states
of the torque management brake switch and reads as follows:
• ON when the pedal is 40% applied.
• OFF when the brake pedal is released.

72
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

F/PUMP CMD (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the PCM command of the fuel pump relay driver
circuit.

F AMOUNT (MG/STK)_____X.X (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the Fuel Amount that has been injected under
current operating conditions. The reading is in milligrams per stroke.

FAN Monitor_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

The PCM monitors the fan side of the CCRM (or IRCM) to determine
whether the fan has been successfully commanded on or off by the
PCM. ON indicates high input voltage; OFF indicates low input voltage.

FAN 1 RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

FAN 2 RELAY
This discrete parameter displays the ECU command to the indicated fan
relay. Some vehicles may only be equipped with one relay.

FAN RELAY 1 CKT STATUS

This parameter indicates the status of the fan relay circuit. When the fan
is off it may read Fault and when the fan relay is on it should read OK.

FAN RELAY 2 & 3 CKT STATUS

This parameter indicates the status of the fan relay circuit. When the fan
is off it may read Fault and when the fan relay is on it should read OK.

FAN REQUEST (range: YES/NO)

FAN REQUEST is a discrete parameter that that indicates whether or not
the PCM has commanded the engine electric cooling fan to turn on.

FAN SPD CNTL____XXX (range: unknown)

DES FAN SPD____XXX
FAN SPD FBK(V)
These discrete parameters indicate the status of the blower fan speed
determined by either the ECU or from operator input. FAN SPD FBK V
shows the feedback voltage from the fan motor.

73
Alphabetical List of Parameters

FAN UP_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

FAN DOWN____XXX
These discrete parameters indicate the status of the blower fan FAN UP
and FAN DOWN setting switches. When a switch is held down the
reading will change from OFF to ON and when the switch is released it
will revert back to OFF.

FAULT #1 (range: 0 to 9999)

FAULT #2
This analog parameter displays how long, in minutes, the fault has
occurred for. This is useful for intermittent faults when combined with the
ERASE CYCLES parameter.

F BNK UP____XXXXXX (range: RICH/LEAN/CENTER)

R BNK UP____XXXXXX
These parameters indicate the general rich or lean condition of the
exhaust as measured by the O2 sensors. Exhaust oxygen content is
related to oxygen content in the intake air-fuel mixture and thus indicates
intake air-fuel ratio. The exhaust gas oxygen sensor (O2S) is the primary
sensor that indicates whether the engine is running rich or lean. The O2
sensors must be hot (above 500° F), and the PCM must be in closed
loop before the PCM will respond to the sensor input. Transverse-
mounted V6 engines have separate sensors for front and rear.

FC CTP
During closed throttle (CTP) decel, the PCM can command fuel cut (FC).
This parameter displays the status of that command. ON means that the
PCM has commanded a fuel cut after sensing a closed throttle.

F.ECON(L/100km)_____X.X (range: see text)

This parameter displays the fuel economy reading from the trip
computer. The reading should be consistent with the trip computer
reading.

FIELD SERV MD (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the engine ECM/PCM has been
placed into Field Service Mode by the technician.

74
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

FLInput(V)_XX.XXX (range: 0 to 32.000 volts)

This parameter displays the fuel level in the fuel tank as a voltage value.
A voltage at the high end of the sensor’s range indicates a high fuel
level. The PCM must wait until this parameter displays a voltage value
representing a tank 25 to 75 percent filled with fuel before beginning the
Evaporative Emission Monitor Test.

FLUID TEMP(V) (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

This parameter displays the output value in volts of the transmission fluid
temperature sensor. As the oil temperature increases the voltage
decreases.

FOOT 1 SOL_____XXX FOOT 2 SOL_____XXX

FACE 1 SOL_____XXX FACE 2 SOL_____XXX
(range: OFF/ON)
These parameters indicate whether the individual solenoids have been
energised or not. The solenoids are connected to vacuum operated
flaps that direct air flow to the occupants face or feet.

FPFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether the PCM has detected a fault in the
fuel pump circuit. YES means a fault is present.

FPMode_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

FPMonitor_XXX
These parameters indicate whether the fuel pump has turned on or off in
response to a command from the PCM.

F/PUMP(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the PCM commanded speed to the fuel pump.

FR O2S(mV) (range: 0 to 1250)

This parameter indicates the front oxygen sensor voltage, displayed as
millivolts.

FR O2S RICH (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the rich or lean status of the front oxygen
sensor. ON indicates a rich mixture and OFF indicates a lean mixture.

75
Alphabetical List of Parameters

FRONT DEMIST_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

REAR DEMIST_____XXX
These discrete parameters indicate the status of the front demist switch
and the rear demist switch. When a switch is held down the reading will
change from OFF to ON and when the switch is released it will revert
back to OFF.

FRP REGULATOR COMMAND (Range: 0 to 100%)

Indicates the current commanded duty cycle of the fuel rail pressure
regulator.

FRP REGULATOR FEEDBACK (mA) (Range: not available)

Current (mA) feedback signal of the fuel rail pressure regulator.

FRT DWELL(SECS)____XX.X (range: unknown)

This analogue parameter displays the dwell, or off time ,of the
windscreen wiper when set on intermittent. The dwell time is adjustable
by the operator via the wiper controls, as the dwell time is adjusted the
parameter will increase or decrease to whatever is selected by the
operator. The parameter will be displayed with the ignition switch in the
ACC and IGN positions.

FRT WPR INT SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper intermittent
switch. The parameter is OFF when the switch is not in the intermittent
position and is ON when the switch is closed in the intermittent position.
The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

FRT WSH PMP SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen washer motor
switch. The parameter is OFF when the switch is open and the washers
are not operating and is ON when the switch is closed and the washers
are operating. The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the
switch.

FR WHEEL (range: see text)

This automatic transmission parameter indicates the vehicle speed in
km/h. It uses a front (FR) ABS wheel speed sensor as input to the auto
trans ECU.

76
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

FrWiperMd_XXXXX (range: see below)

RearWiperMd_XXXXX
These parameters indicate the position of the driver operated front or
rear windshield wiper switch. The GEM module uses this information to
control the wiper and washer relays.
The possible ranges include:
POS1 POS2 POS3 POS4 POS5 POS6 POS7 WASH
INT LOW HIGH OPEN CKT

FUEL(%) FRONT____XXX (range: -25 to +25%)

FUEL(%) REAR____XXX
OBD-II vehicles with separate front and rear bank O2 sensors have
separate PCM-controlled adaptive and injector strategies. The FUEL(%)
FRONT and FUEL(%) REAR parameters indicate the adaptive
adjustment made to fuel injector pulse width at idle. A negative
percentage means that the logic module is decreasing the pulse width
from its programmed value. A positive percentage means that the logic
module is increasing the pulse width from its programmed value.

FUEL ADAPTION IDLE LOAD X

Indicates the Long-term fuel adaption learnt by the ECU for idle load.
Where X can be 1 or 2 bank.

FUEL ADAPTION PARTIAL LOAD X

Indicates the Long-term fuel adaption learnt by the ECU for partial load.
Where X can be 1 or 2 bank.

FUEL COMPENSATION CYL (1)

FUEL COMPENSATION CYL (2)
FUEL COMPENSATION CYL (3)
FUEL COMPENSATION CYL (4)
This parameter indicates the amount of fuel injected compensated for by
each injector.

FUEL CONSUMP(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the calculated fuel usage in percent.

FUEL CUTOFF (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the ECM/PCM is commanding
fuel cut off during deceleration.

77
Alphabetical List of Parameters

FUEL CUTOFF SOL__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

Many carbureted engines have a solenoid that cuts off fuel delivery
during deceleration. The ECU energizes the solenoid (FUEL CUTOFF
SOL__ON) to open the fuel line for normal delivery. The ECU de-
energizes the solenoid (FUEL CUTOFF SOL__ OFF) to close the fuel
line during deceleration. FUEL CUTOFF SOL indicates the state of the
ECU output command. It is not a feedback signal to indicate solenoid
operation.

FUEL CUT VLV (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the control module command to the fuel cut
solenoid switching valve.

FUEL GAUGE (%)_____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

FUEL LEVEL (%)_____XXX
This parameter indicates the fuel gauge reading on the instrument
panel.
0 percent is an empty tank and 100 percent is a full tank. The
percentage reading should be consistent with the instrument panel fuel
gauge display.

FUEL PRESS (range: 0 to 768 kPa or 0 to 111psi)

This parameter displays the actual pressure in the fuel rail. You can
change the measurement units on the SCANNER from kPa to psi.

FUEL PRESS SOL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the PCM command to the fuel pressure
regulator control solenoid valve. ON means the solenoid has been
commanded on.

FuelPumpA_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the actual state of the commanded output to
the fuel pump. It should be the same as the fuel pump monitor and fuel
pump command output displays; that is, all three should display ON or
OFF at the same time.

FUEL PUMP (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the fuel pump is running. YES
indicates the PCM senses a running fuel pump.

78
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

FUEL PUMP RELAY CKT STATUS

This parameter indicates the status of the fuel relay circuit. When the fuel
pump relay is off it may read Fault and when the fuel pump relay is on it
should read OK.

FUELPW1(mS)_XX.X (range: 0 to 99.9)

FUELPW2(mS)_XX.X
These parameters display the current commanded pulse width of the
injectors affected by O2S1 and O2S2. The displayed value is the pulse
width that was commanded at the time of the last update. On some
vehicles, updating may occur only when a PIP signal is being received,
and the last updated value will be retained after the PIP signal stops. In
these cases, a pulse width greater than zero may be displayed during
KOEO.

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE

This parameter indicates the actual fuel pressure in bar.

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (MPA)

Fuel rail pressure calculated from sensor voltage in Mega Pascals.

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (V)

Indicates the Fuel Rail pressure sensor voltage.

FUEL RATE (mm3)____X.X (range: 0 to 80 mm)

This analog parameter indicates the volume of fuel that the PCM is
commanding based on .

FUEL SENDER(V)___XXX (range: 0 to 12 volts)

FUEL LEVEL____XXX
These parameters indicate the fuel level in the fuel tank.

FUEL SNDR RES____X.X (range: unknown)

FUEL SNDR (OHM)____X.X
This parameter indicates the resistance of the fuel tank level sensor. The
instrument panel uses this signal to display the fuel tank level on the fuel
gauge.

79
Alphabetical List of Parameters

FUEL STATUS_XXX (range: See below)

This parameter indicates whether the vehicle is operating in open or
closed loop. It is similar to the OPEN/CLSD LOOP but provides more
information about the cause of the open- or closed-loop condition. The
parameter indications are as follows:
CL — normal closed loop
CL FLT — One O2S is not switching and the PCM is using the
other one for feedback
OL — normal open loop
OL DRV — Open loop because of driver action or other special
circumstances
OL FLT — Open loop with O2S problem or primary side coil failure

FUEL SYS1____XXXX (range: OL/CL or OPEN/CLSD)

FUEL SYS2____XXXX
FUELSYS_____XXXX
These parameters display the operating status of fuel banks 1 and 2.
The status can be OL or OPEN for open loop, or CL or CLSD for closed
loop. When a fuel bank status is OL or OPEN, the PCM ignores the main
O2 sensor signal. When a fuel bank status is CL or CLSD, the PCM uses
main O2 sensor feedback to correct fuel injection duration. With the
engine fully warm at idle, these parameters should indicate closed loop.
At 2500 rpm with no load, these parameters should also indicate closed
loop. Deceleration could cause these parameters to indicate open loop
during fuel cutoff. Some vehicles will display only FUEL SYS1, while
others will display the status of both fuel banks.

FUEL TANK CAP(L) (range: 0 to 98L or 0 to 128L)

This parameter displays the capacity of the fuel tank in litres.

FUEL TEMP (°C)___XXX (range: -40 to 151°C)

FUEL TEMP (°F)___XXX (range: -40 to 304°F)
This parameter indicates the diesel fuel temperature. The PCM coverts
voltage signals from a thermistor-type sensor to temperature.

FUEL TRIM(%)___XXX
See LT TRIM.

80
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

FuelTankPrs(V)_X.X (range: 0 to 5.0 V)

This parameter displays signal voltage from the fuel tank pressure
sensor. The Evaporative Emissions Monitor requires input from this
sensor. With the gas cap removed, signal voltage should be between 2.4
and 2.8 volts. During the evaporative emissions test, expect voltage to
decrease while the PCM applies vacuum to the fuel tank.

Fuel System Monitor (FUEL SYS) — Monitors the adaptive fuel control
system and determines when a learned value exceeds a specified
threshold. Inputs from the ECT, IAT, and MAF or MAP sensors are
required to enable this monitor.

FUEL TEMP(°C) (range: -30° to 224°C)

FUEL TEMP(°F) (range: -22° to 435°C)
This parameter indicates the fuel temperature within the intake manifold
fuel rail. The PCM uses this parameter to fine-tune engine management.

FULL ACCEL SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the throttle pedal full
acceleration switch. ON indicates that the throttle is held fully open. OFF
indicates the throttle is either at idle or partially open position.

FULL LOAD (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the throttle is at full load.

FULL POS SW (range: CLSD/OPEN)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the throttle switch
for full load. CLSD indicates that the throttle is held fully open, OPEN
indicates the throttle is either at idle or partially open position.

FWD SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

FWD LAMP
This discrete parameter indicates whether or not the front wheel drive
enable switch is on or off. If the FWD switch is enabled the FWD lamp
will be illuminated. The switch is located under the bonnet on 4WD
vehicles and is used only for service procedures and during normal
driving. A fuse is used to short the switch and disable 4WD.

G-SENSOR(V)__X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

This analog parameter displays the centrifugal force sensor output as
the vehicle decelerates.

81
Alphabetical List of Parameters

GEAR (range: see text)

This parameter displays the current gear the ECU is commanding the
transmission to be in.

GEAR RATIO (range: X.XX to 1)

This parameter displays the gear ratio that the transmission is in as
calculated by the TCM/PCM. The TCM/PCM uses the input and output
rpm to determine the gear ratio.

GE DUTY (%) — No description available.

GEN. FIELD___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the charging system.

GEN F TERMINAL(%) (range: 0 to 100%)

GEN F-TERM(%)
These parameters display the PCM commanded state of generator “F”
terminal.
• A high value indicates a high charging command.
• A low value indicates a low charging command.

GEN LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter reads ON when the PCM is commanding the generator
lamp on the instrument panel on.

GEN L TERMINAL (range: ON/OFF)

GEN L TERM
GEN L-TERM
These parameters display the state of the generator “L” terminal and
read as follows:
• ON under normal operating conditions
• OFF if the PCM detects incorrect voltage in the L terminal circuit.

GLOW LIGHT________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM control command to the dash
mounted glow plug lamp.

GLOW RELAY________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM control command to the glow plug
relay. YES indicates the relay is powered and NO indicates it is not
powered.

82
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

GLOW PLUG SYS_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM control command to the glow plugs.

GLOW PLUG RLY (V)______XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5 volts)

GLOW PLUG (V)______XX.X
This relay (RLY) parameter indicates the voltage requested by the PCM
to the glow plug relay. The PCM cycles this voltage on and off. Cycling
time is longest on a cold engine and decreases as the engine warms up.
The voltage parameter is the feedback signal to the PCM indicating the
actual voltage delivered to the glow plugs. Normally, this is lower than
requested voltage due to the high resistance of the glow plugs.

GlowPlugCoil(%)_XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This analog parameter shows the duty cycle percentage on time of the
glow plug coils. The coils are cycled to prevent damage to them at
times of high battery voltage. 0% is off and 100% is constantly on.

GLW PLUG RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the control module command to the glow plug
relay.

HallPwr_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the GEM module is sending the
transfer case Hall effect switches reference voltage.

HALL SENSOR (range: ON/OFF)

The hall sensor (or phase or camshaft sensor) is for cylinder #1 TDC
recognition. It tells the ECU that cylinder 1 is at top TDC ready for
injection, the ECU can then accurately determine injection for the other
cylinders. A hall sensor malfunction can cause cold start problems and
high exhaust gas emissions during open loop running.

HatchUnlkSw_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

LF_UnlockSw_XXX
RF_UnlockSw_XXX
These parameters display the status of the driver operated door unlock
switches. ON means the switch contacts are closed.

HEADLAMP DRIVE______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the headlamp drive as commanded
by the BCM. This is controlled by input from the headlamp switch and
on some models the sunload sensor.

83
Alphabetical List of Parameters

HEADLAMP SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the vehicles headlight
switch.

HEATER FAN _____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the input from the heater fan switch to the PCM.

Heated Catalyst Monitor — No description available.

HI A/C PRESS (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether there is a high pressure in the
air conditioner system. It will indicate YES if a high pressure is detected.

HI ECT TEMP____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the high coolant temperature
warning lamp or LCD warning. The high coolant temperature
warning lamp is activated by the instrument panel when high coolant
temperature is detected via a signal from the PCM. This parameter
applies to Berlina, Calais, Statesman and Monaro vehicles.

HIGH ALTITUDE___XXX (range: YES/NO)

On some vehicles, the ECU uses a separate barometric pressure switch
signal to determine if the vehicle is at high altitude. HIGH ALTITUDE__
_YES indicates that the ECU is controlling the engine for high altitude
operation with low barometric pressure. On some fuel-injected
vehicles, the ECU provides an internal parameter to indicate whether
it is operating in a high-altitude mode. The ECU compares the throttle
position, mass airflow, and rpm readings to determine engine load. If the
throttle is open more than expected for a given load, the ECU assumes it
is at high altitude and adjusts fuel metering accordingly. HIGH ALTITUDE
then should read YES.

HighFanCtrl_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the high-speed fan control on
vehicles with multiple fan speed control.

84
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

HIGH GEAR_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

For all vehicles except OBD-II-equipped Toyota and Lexus models, this
discrete parameter indicates whether the HIGH GEAR contacts in the
transmission are open or closed. YES means the switch contacts are
closed.

At the time of printing, no information is available for this parameter on

OBDII-equipped Toyota and Lexus models.

HI PS PRESSURE (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the ECU is receiving a signal from the
power steering pressure switch. YES indicates the steering is being
turned and the power steering hydraulic pressure is high, NO indicates
there is no signal from the switch. The ECU compensates for increased
engine load during power steering operation at idle.

HI SPEED FAN (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the ECU command status to the
vehicles high speed cooling fan relay.

HIGH BATTERY_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

LOW BATTERY_____XXX
Some ECU’s calculate these discrete parameters from a sensing circuit
across the supply voltage circuit. HIGH BATTERY is YES when battery
voltage is high, NO when it is normal. LOW BATTERY is YES when
battery voltage is low, NO when it is normal. On most vehicles, a HIGH
BATTERY __YES condition causes the ECU to disable the output
solenoids to protect the ECU from high current.

HFCFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates if the PCM detects a fault with the high speed
cooling fan circuit.

HFCA_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the actual state of the commanded output to
the fan. It should be the same as the fan monitor and fan command
output displays; that is, all three should display ON or OFF at the same
time.

85
Alphabetical List of Parameters

HO2S11(V)___XXX
HO2S21(V)___XXX
The exhaust gas oxygen (O2) sensor is the primary sensor that indicates
whether the engine is running rich or lean. The O2 sensor generates a
voltage signal that ranges from 0 volt to 1 volt or a little over 1 volt (0 to
1000 millivolts – mV). A high millivolt signal indicates a rich exhaust; a
low signal indicates a lean exhaust. In normal operation, the O2 sensor
voltage ranges from 100 to 1000 mV. The O2 sensor must be hot (above
500°F), and the ECU must be in closed loop before the ECU will respond
to the sensor signal. Some PCM’s modify the voltage value to above
1000 mV, some may fluctuate between 0 and 5000mV.

HOLD LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

HOLD SWITCH
DIAG LAMP
These parameters indicate the status of the HOLD switch and HOLD
indicator lamp in the instrument panel. ON indicates the HOLD switch
contacts are closed and the HOLD lamp is illuminated, OFF indicates
the HOLD switch is open and the HOLD lamp is off. The HOLD lamp can
also be used as the transmission diagnostic lamp. On some vehicles the
DIAG LAMP will indicate ON when the HOLD lamp is illuminated. To
determine if the diagnostic lamp is ON make sure the HOLD switch is in
the OFF position, if the DIAG LAMP is still ON then the trans ECU is
commanding it on.

HOLD SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

HOLD SW
This discrete parameter indicates whether the contacts in the HOLD
switch are closed or open. On a properly functioning vehicle, ON means
the switch contacts are closed.

86
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

HTR11Fault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

HTR12Fault_XXX
HTR21Fault_XXX
HTR22Fault_XXX
These parameters indicate whether the PCM detects a fault in the O2S
heater circuit. YES means a fault is present. The two-digit numbers
following HTR in the parameter name refer to the following heater
positions:
11 Bank 1, Upstream O2S
12 Bank 1, Downstream O2S
21 Bank 2, Upstream O2S
22 Bank 2, Downstream O2S

HTRX1_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HTRX2_XXX
These parameters indicate the PCM-command status for the bank 1 or
bank 2 upstream O2S heater. ON means the PCM is commanding the
heater ON.

HTR11A_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HTR11_XXX
These parameters indicate the state of the heater for the bank 1
upstream O2S. The state should be the same for the HTRX1 data
parameter; that is, both should display ON or OFF at the same time.

HTR12A_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HTR12_XXX
These parameters indicate the state of the heater for the bank 1
downstream O2S. The state should be the same for the HTRX2 data
parameter; that is, both should display ON or OFF at the same time.

HTR21A_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HTR21_XXX
These parameters indicate the state of the heater for the bank 2
upstream O2S. The state should be the same for the HTRX1 data
parameter; that is, both should display ON or OFF at the same time.

HTR22A_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HTR22_XXX
These parameters indicate the state of the heater for the bank 2
downstream O2S. The state should be the same for the HTRX2 data
parameter; that is, both should display ON or OFF at the same time.

87
Alphabetical List of Parameters

HT REAR WDW SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the rear window heater switch. The
rear window switch is a momentary switch so the display will only show
CLSD while switch is being depressed. It should display OFF when the
switch is not depressed. The BCM is responding to the actual input state
of the switch.

HT RR WDW DRV______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HT BCKLITE DRV
This parameter shows the BCM or BEM command to the rear window
heater drive. ON means the heater should be functioning and OFF
means the heater is not functioning. This parameter should respond
when the rear window heater switch is toggled.

I/C FAN RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the control module command to the intercooler
fan relay.

I/C TMP V (range: 0 to 5.1 volts)

This parameter displays the input signal voltage from the intercooler
temperature sensor.

IAC ADAPT SLOPE (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates what the ECU wants the idle air control
(IAC) motor position to be. The IAC INTEGRATOR or IDLE AIR CNTRL
reading shows what the IAC motor position is. The IAC ADAPT SLOPE
reading shows what it should be.

Compare the actual and desired IAC readings they should be equal or
very close to each other. If the ECU detects a sudden change in engine
conditions, such as A/C engagement or cooling fan operation, it may
command a new desired IAC position. The IAC actual position reading
may take a few seconds to respond.

IAC BLOCK LEARN (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates the minimum idle air control (IAC)
motor position that the ECU has learned. The IAC BLOCK LEARN counts
represents the minimum IAC position stored in ECU memory.

88
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

IAC COIL A (range: ON/OFF)

IAC COIL B
This discrete parameter indicates ON when the idle air control motor coil
A or B is commanded on move the IAC pintle forward or backward.

IAC DIRECTION__XXX (range: FWD/REV)

This discrete parameter indicates the direction in which the ECU has
commanded the idle air control (IAC) motor to move. IAC DIRECTION
__FWD means that the ECU has commanded the IAC motor outward
to reduce idle airflow. IAC DIRECTION __REV means that the ECU has
commanded the IAC motor inward to increase idle airflow.

IACFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether a fault exists in the idle air control
system.

IACKAM0_XXX IACKAM1_XXX
IACKAM2_XXX IACKAM3_XXX (range: -8 to 8)
These parameters display the idle airflow trim learned for various engine
conditions as follows:
IACKAM0 = A/Trans in DRIVE, Air Conditioner OFF
IACKAM1 = A/Trans in DRIVE, Air Conditioner ON
IACKAM2 = Transmission in NEUTRAL, Air Conditioner ON
IACKAM3 = Transmission in NEUTRAL, Air Conditioner OFF
IACKAM = Idle Air Control Keep Alive Memory

IAC MODE_XXX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays what mode the PCM is commanding the Idle Air
Control is operate in.

IAC MOTR RESET (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the idle air control motor
position has been reset by the ECM/PCM.

IAC MOTOR RUN (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the ECM/PCM commands
the idle air control motor to move position.

IAC RESET RQST (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when there is a request to reset
the idle air control motor position.

89
Alphabetical List of Parameters

IAC TRIM_XXX (range: -8 to 8)

This parameter displays the overall idle airflow trim learned for various
engine conditions before the Keep Alive Memory is learned.

IAT FailMode_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the Intake Air Temperature Failure
Mode status. ON indicates that the PCM has detected a problem with
the IAT and is operating in IAT Failure Mode.

IC FAULT CYL1 (range: YES/NO)

IC FAULT CYL2
IC FAULT CYL3
IC FAULT CYL4
IC FAULT CYL5
IC FAULT CYL6
IC FAULT CYL7
IC FAULT CYL8
Some vehicles have an ignition coil (IC) for each cylinder. These
parameters indicate whether or not a fault has been detected in one of
the ignition coils or driver circuits.

ID___XX
This parameter display the internal software identification number of the
ABS control module.

90
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

IDLE AIR CONTRL____XXX (range: 0 to 255)

ISC STEP____XXX (range: 0 to 125)
ISC(%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100%)
IAC(%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100%)
IAC STEPS____XXX (range: 0 to 125)
IAC/AAC(%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100%)
IAC/AAC STEPS____XXX (range: 0 to 255)
The idle air control (IAC) parameter indicates the position of the IAC
valve in the throttle body of a fuel-injected engine, either throttle body or
port injected. The IAC valve controls the amount of air that bypasses the
throttle at idle and thus the idle speed. In general, two types of valves
are used, the stepper-motor type and the rotary solenoid type.

Stepper-motor type IAC valves may have 125 or 255 positions, and IAC
readings can vary from 0 to 125 or 255. A reading of 0 indicates that the
motor has moved to its outer position and closed the IAC valve to cut off
air. A high number indicates that the motor has moved inward to open
the IAC valve and allow more idle air.

Some valves are controlled by a pulse-width-modulated (PWM) signal.

By varying the signal’s duty ratio (on time versus off time) the valve shaft
is manipulated. The ISC(%) and IAC/AAC(%) parameters indicate the
percent of signal on time. As the duty ratio exceeds 50%, the valve shaft
moves in a direction that opens the air bypass passage. At a duty ratio
less than 50%, the shaft moves in a direction that closes the air bypass
passage.

IDLE CONDITION (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the engine is in an idle
condition.

IDLE PHASE PNT (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates the current learning for the idle fuel
injection correction.

IDLE REG (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the amount of idle regulation as a percentage.
0 is no idle speed regulation and 100 is maximum regulation.

91
Alphabetical List of Parameters

IDLE SWITCH___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

IDLE POS SW
This discrete parameter indicates whether the throttle is in the closed
position. The PCM uses this signal to control idle speed. This parameter
reads ON when the throttle is fully released, and OFF when the throttle is
moved off idle.

IDLE SW______XXXX (range: CLSD/OPEN)

CALC CLSD THRT____XXXX
These discrete parameters indicate the position of the idle switch. CLSD
indicates an engine with a closed throttle, typical of a stationary, idling
engine. OPEN indicates an engine whose throttle is off idle. Idle speed
control on engines using the IDLE SW parameter are not regulated by
the PCM. CALC CLSD THRT represents a PCM-calculated value based
on throttle position sensor position.

IDLE UP VSV (range: ON/OFF)

A vacuum switching valve (VSV) is used to actuate the idle up valve.
This parameter displays the PCM command to the VSV. When this
parameter reads ON, the VSV actuates the idle up valve. This allows air
to bleed into the intake manifold, raising engine rpm.

IDLE VARIATION___XXXX (range: 0 - engine maximum)

This parameter is the variation (RPM) of various samplings of the engine
speed.

IGN 0
These parameters display the status of the ignition 0 (ACC) input circuit
to the PCM.

IGN 1
These parameters display the status of the ignition 1 (ON) input circuit to
the PCM.

IGN ADJ TERM___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter allows you to monitor the state of the ignition
timing adjustment terminal. When you short this terminal to ground,
ignition timing and idle speed are placed in the adjustment mode, and
this parameter reads ON. This parameter reads OFF when the ignition
adjustment terminal is not shorted.

92
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

IGN ADVANCE(°)____XXX
SPK ADV(°)___XXX
SPK ADV(°BTDC)___XXX
Analog output parameters from the ECU that indicate the total spark
advance or retard being commanded by the ECU, including base timing.

IGN ADV #X (°) (range: 0 to 261)

This analog parameter displays the ignition spark advance for a
particular cylinder, X can be 1 to 8.

IGN BELOW 9V (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the voltage to the ECM/
PCM has fallen below 9 volts. It will display NO while the voltage is
above 9 volts. When power to the ECM/PCM falls below 9 volts its
operation can be unreliable.

IGN CMD RELY

No information is currently available for this parameter.

IGN COIL #X (mS) (range: 0 to 261)

This analog parameter displays the time taken, in milliseconds, to
charge the ignition coil prior to letting the spark ignite. It is displayed for
a particular cylinder, X can be 1 to 8.

IGN CYCLE DTC___XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether a Diagnostic Trouble Code has been
set in the current ignition cycle. It only indicates that a DTC has been
set, not what the DTC actually is.

IGN CYCLES (range: varies)

This parameter displays the number of times the ignition has been
cycled on and off since the first airbag diagnostic code was set.

IGNITION 1 (V)_____XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5 volts)

This parameter displays the voltage at the PCM ignition input.

IGNITION 1 SW_____XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5 volts)

This parameter displays the condition of the ignition input to the body
control module (BCM).

93
Alphabetical List of Parameters

IGNITION SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter DISPLAYS the state off the ignition switch. The BCM will
communicate with the SCANNER even when the ignition is off. The
parameter displays OFF with the ignition switch in the OFF and ACC
position and will be ON with the ignition switch in the IGN or START
position. The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

IGNITION (V) (range: 0 to 26.7)

IGN (V)
This parameter shows the ignition voltage at the TCM/PCM. Low voltage
can affect TCM operation.

IGN RELY FDBK

No information is currently available for this parameter.

IGN SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the ignition switch is ON or
OFF. It will indicate OFF in any position other than the run position.

IGN VOLT OK (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the voltage being sensed by
the ABS ECU is too high or too low. An abnormally high or low voltage
will affect ABS operation.

ILL DRVR OPEN_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

ILL DRVR HIGH_______XXX
ILL DRVR LOW_______XXX
These parameters display the status of the interior illumination entry
driver.
ILL DRVR OPEN It should show ON when the circuit is open and OFF
when the circuit is closed.
ILL DRVR HIGH It should show ON when the circuit voltage is high and
OFF when the circuit is not high.
ILL DRVR LOW It should show ON when the circuit voltage is low and
OFF when the circuit is not low.

ILL ENTRY DRVR_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the interior illumination entry driver.
It should show ON when the BEM commands it ON and OFF at other
times. This controls the interior illumination of the vehicle. The precise
operation varies from model to model.

94
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

IllumEnrty_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the presence of a request to turn on
the illuminated entry lamps. A request to light the entry lamps may come
from any one of the door ajar switches and a special driver door handle
switch whose contacts close when the handle is lifted.

ILLUM PWM(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the duty cycle level of illumination of the
instrument control display when the park-lamp switch is switched ON.
100 percent is full brightness, as the percentage decreases so should
the brightness of the instrument panel backlights. This reading will
remain fixed on models not using the variable illumination.

IMMO FUNCTION (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the on-board immobiliser
system. When the ignition is switched on and engine off, the SCANNER
should display YES. If the immobiliser function is not programmed into
the ECU the SCANNER will display NO.

IMMO SIG RCVD (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the on-board immobiliser
system has received a signal to disarm. When the ignition is switched on
and engine off, the SCANNER should display YES. If the immobiliser
does not receive any signal the SCANNER will display NO.

IMS RANGE A (range: HI/LO)

IMS RANGE B
IMS RANGE C
IMS RANGE P
These parameters display the high or low status of the four inputs (IMS
RANGE A/B/C/P) from the internal mode switch (IMS) to the PCM.
• HI indicates ignition voltage.
• LO indicates no voltage.

95
Alphabetical List of Parameters

The PCM detects the selected gear range by deciphering the

combination of the voltage signals. The PCM compares the actual
voltage combination of the switch signals to an IMS switch combination
table stored in memory.

GEAR SELECTOR IMS RANGE IMS RANGE B IMS RANGE C IMS RANGE P
POSITION
Park LOW HI HI LOW
Park/Reverse LOW LOW HI LOW
Reverse LOW LOW HI HI
Reverse/Neutral HI LOW HI HI
Neutral HI LOW HI LOW
Neutral/Drive 4 HI LOW LOW LOW
Drive 4 HI LOW LOW HI
Drive 4/Drive 3 LOW LOW LOW HI
Drive 3 LOW LOW LOW LOW
Drive 3/Drive LOW HI LOW LOW
Drive 2 LOW HI LOW HI
Drive 2/Drive 1 HI HI LOW HI
Drive 1 HI HI LOW LOW
HI HI HI HI
Invalid LOW HI HI HI
HI HI HI LOW
HI = Ignition voltage
LOW = 0 voltage

IN CAR (V)____X.XX (range: 0 to 3.5)

IN CAR (°C)____X.XX (range: -40 to 88)
The IN CAR (V) parameter displays the voltage signal from the in-car
temperature sensor for the ECC (Electronic Climate Control). The IN
CAR (°C) parameter displays the in-car temperature in Celsius calculated
by the ECC based on the above voltage reading.

INDICATORS_____XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the indicator lamps when they are
controlled by the theft deterrent system. OFF means the indicators are
off and ON means the indicators are ON. The indicators may switch from
off to on quite quickly and may not always register on the SCANNER
screen.

96
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

INIT BRAKE APPLY

No information is currently available for this parameter.

INJ ADV#1 (V) — No description available.

INJ ADV#2 (V) — No description available.
INJ ADV#3 (V) — No description available.
INJ ADV#4 (V) — No description available.

INJ PW(mS)___XX.X (range: 0 to 65.3 milliseconds)

INJ #1 PW(mS)___XX.X
INJ #2 PW(mS)___XX.X INJ PT(mS)___XX.X
INJ PULSE (mS)
The SCANNER displays the injection pulse width in milliseconds as INJ
PW(mS)____XX.X. The pulse width is the length of time that the PCM
commands the fuel injectors to turn on.

A high pulse width indicates more on-time and a richer mixture. A low
pulse width indicates less on-time and a leaner mixture. There are no
definite specifications for injector pulse width, but the reading should
change as engine speed and load change.

INJECTOR VOLTAGE (V)___XX.X (range: 0-25 volts)

This parameter is the voltage of the injector circuit.

INJECTOR A FDBK___XXXXX (range: OPEN/CLOSED)

This parameter indicates if INJECTOR A circuit FEEDBACK is OPEN or
CLOSED.

INJECTOR B FDBK___XXXXX (range: OPEN/CLOSED)

This parameter indicates if INJECTOR B circuit FEEDBACK is OPEN or
CLOSED.

IMRCFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether the PCM detected a fault in the intake
manifold runner control system. YES means a fault is present.

InManRunCtrl_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

IMRC___XY
This parameter indicates the status of the intake manifold runner control
valve. ON means the valve is open. Normally this valve is closed when
the engine speed is below 3000 rpm. AU Falcons show ON at idle and
OFF at higher RPM.

97
Alphabetical List of Parameters

INJ-ADD(mS) (range: -131 to 131)

This parameter represents the operation and short-term correction to the
fuel mixture. ADD means adding or subtracting equal amounts of fuel to
every fuel block cell regardless of the pre-programmed base injection
pulse values. It works very effectively for idle mixture related problems,
but its effect is minimal at the higher engine speeds. For example,
vacuum leaks greatly affect fuel mixture at idle but become less severe
at higher RPM. The important distinction here is that the amount of fuel
correction in not dependant upon the original base in each fuel memory
cell.

INJ-FAC (mS) (range: -50 to 50)

This parameter represents the operation and short-term correction to the
fuel mixture. MUL means multiplying or taking the pre-programmed cell
base value and multiplying that number by either a correction factor or
percent. Here, the correction amount increased or decreased in each
memory block cell is dependent on each cell’s base injection pulse. This
form of adaptation is required to compensate for fuel control type
problems that get worse with increased engine speed.

INJ 1 CMD (range: 0 to 999 mS )

INJ 2 CMD
INJ 3 CMD
INJ 4 CMD
INJ 5 CMD
INJ 6 CMD
These parameters indicate the commanded state of the fuel injectors in
milliseconds.

INJ C/V % (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the control module command to control diesel
injection. It is displayed as a percentage, the higher the percentage the
more fuel is injected.

INJ PHASE PNT (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter indicates the current learning for the fuel injection
correction.

98
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

INJ PW(mS)___XX.X (range: 0 to 65.3)

INJ #1 PW(mS)___XX.X
INJ #1(mS)___XX.X
INJ #2 PW(mS)___XX.X
INJ #2(mS)___X.XX
INJ(mS)___X.XX
INJ B2(mS)____X.XX
INJ #x(mS)____XX.X (range: 0 to 32.6)
The Scanner displays the injection pulse width in milliseconds as INJ
PW(mS)____XX.X. The pulse width is the length of time that the ECU
commands the fuel injectors to turn on.

A high pulse width indictes more on-time and a richer mixture. A low
pulse width indictes less on-time and a leaner mixture. There are no
definite specifications for injector pulse width, but the reading should
change as engine speed and load change.

The fuel-injection systems on Mitsubishi built 3.0-litre V-6 turbo engines

calculate two sets of injector times, one for the front bank (INJ #2 PW),
and one for the rear bank (INJ $1 PW).

INJ TIME (°) (range: unknown)

This analog parameter displays the injection timing calculated by the
diesel ECU. This is the start of injection in degrees before top dead
centre.

INJ VOL (mm3) (range: unknown)

This analog parameter displays the injection volume calculated by the
diesel ECU. This is the volume of diesel in cubic millimetres delivered
per stroke.

INLET AIR TEMP_XXXX (range: HOT/COOL)

This parameter appears on some vehicles. A temperature switch in the
intake airflow opens and closes to send a high- or low-voltage signal to
the ECU, which then determines whether the intake air is HOT or COOL.
The reading should be HOT when air temperature is approximately
15°C (60°F) or more. It should read COOL when air temperature is
approximately 4°C (40°F) or less.

99
Alphabetical List of Parameters

INLET MAN (P/S) (range: 10 to 104)

This analog parameter is the Inlet Manifold Pressure Sensor that
monitors manifold absolute pressure, it shows readings in kilopascals
(kPa). Maximum pressure is at key on engine off and minimum pressure
would be should at maximum engine load. See MAP sensor.

INLET MAN (V) (range: 0 to 5 volts)

This analog parameter is the Inlet Manifold Pressure Sensor it shows
readings in volts. The voltage reading is high at high manifold pressure
and reduces as manifold pressure drops.

INTAKE THROTTLE POS SENSOR (%) (range: 0 to 100%)

Displays the actual position of the Intake Throttle Position Sensor as a
percentage.

INTAKE THROTTLE POS SENSOR (V) (range: 0 to 5volts)

Intake Throttle Pos Sensor(V) displays the voltage returned from the
Intake Throttle Position Sensor.

INTAKE THROTTLE SOL COMMAND (%) (range: 0 to 100%)

Displays the commanded position of the Intake Throttle Solenoid as a
percentage.

INTAKE VSV (range: ON/OFF)

A vacuum switching valve (VSV) actuates the intake tuning valve inside
the intake manifold runner. This parameter displays the PCM command
to the VSV. When the parameter reads ON the VSV opens the valve.

INT CMP B1 VAR° (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the difference in the desired position and actual
position of the Bank1 inlet camshaft when variable valve timing is active.

INT CMP B2 VAR° (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the difference in the desired position and actual
position of the Bank2 inlet camshaft when variable valve timing is active.

INTEGRTR RESET (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the integrator has been reset.

100
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

INTEGRATR_XXX (range: 0 to 255)

The fuel integrator (INTEGRATR) number represents the operation and a
short-term correction to the fuel metering of some fuel-injected engines.
The integrator number is similar to the duty cycle of an MC solenoid on
a carbureted engine. It indicates whether the ECU is commanding a rich
or a lean mixture.
The integrator number can range from 0 to 255. The midpoint – 128 – is
similar to a 50-percent duty cycle (30° dwell) from an MC solenoid. An
integrator number higher than 128 indicates that the ECU is
commanding a short-term rich mixture. An integrator number lower than
128 indicates that the ECU is commanding a short-term lean mixture.
You can compare integrator numbers to injector on-time. A number
above 128 indicates increased on-time. A number below 128 indicates
decreased on-time. Integrator corrections operate only in closed loop. In
open loop, the integrator number goes to a fixed value, usually 128.
The block learn multiplier (BLM) is a long-term fuel metering correction
factor. BLM is derived from the integrator correction. Block learn and
integrator indicate the same directions of fuel metering correction. High
numbers indicate rich mixtures; low numbers indicate lean mixtures.
Refer to the BLM description for more information.

INJ PW1(mS)_XX.X (range: 0 to 99.9)

INJ PW2(mS)_XX.X
The injector pulse width is the length of time in milliseconds (mS)
that the PCM commands the fuel injectors to turn on. These analog
parameters are displayed for multi-port fuel injection systems. On
Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) systems, the PCM simultaneously pulses
half of the fuel injectors at a time. INJ PW1(mS) refers to those injectors
installed in bank #1, and INJ PW2(mS) refers to those injectors installed
in bank #2.

Depending on the engine, banks #1 and #2 may be staggered. A high

pulse width indicates more on-time and a richer mixture. A low pulse
width indicates less on-time and a leaner mixture. There are no definite
specifications for injector pulse width, but the reading should change as
engine speed and load change. On EFI systems, typical readings range
from 1 to 4 mS at idle, up to about 12 mS at wide open throttle (a little
higher for some engines).

Since the PCM on SEFI systems pulses each injector individually, the
readings represent, at best, the “average” injector pulse width for each
bank. SEFI systems use these parameters to allow the PCM to conduct
a rationality test on fuel delivery, the MAF sensor, and the TP sensor.
101
Alphabetical List of Parameters

INJxFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

NOTE: The “x” in INJxFault is a variable from 1 to 8, depending on the
cylinder. These parameters indicate whether the PCM has detected a
fault, such as an open or short, in the injector circuit. YES means a fault
is present.

INSTR. ILLU.(%)_______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays percentage of illumination of the instruments,
This is preset on some models and driver adjustable on others.

INSTR. LMPS(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

INSTR. ILLU.(%)
This parameter indicates the level of illumination of the instrument
backlighting when the park-lamp switch is switched ON. 100 percent is
full brightness, as the percentage decreases so should the brightness of
the instrument panel backlights. This reading will remain fixed on
models not using the variable dimming backlights.

INTERIOR (°C)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the temperature from the in-car temperature
sensor.

INT ILLUM RLY_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the interior illumination relay. It
should show ON when the BCM commands it ON and OFF at other
times.

INT WPR DRV_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the intermittent wiper drive. It
should show ON with the wiper switch in the INT mode, and should
show OFF in all other positions.

INT WPR RELAY______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper intermittent
relay. The parameter is OFF when the relay is not energised and is ON
when the relay is energised.

ISA DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the idle speed control operation as
commanded by the ECU. 0 is no idle speed compensation and 100 is
maximum compensation.

102
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

ISC A/C CORR (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the idle speed correction applied during
air conditioner operation.

K/D SERVO SW___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the piston that controls
the kickdown band. When this parameter reads OFF, the kickdown band
is applied; when it reads ON the kickdown band is not applied.

K/D SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the PCM command status for a
downshift during acceleration. ON means the PCM has commanded a
downshift during acceleration.

KeyInIgn_XX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates if the key is in the ignition switch.

KICKDOWN SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the kickdown switch,
when the throttle is depressed to full throttle it will indicate ON, at all
other times it should indicate OFF.

KNOCK CONTROL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the ECU’s knock control is
active or not, ON indicates knock control is active and OFF indicates
normal operation.

KNOCK_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

On vehicles with electronic spark control (ESC), the discrete KNOCK
parameter is displayed along with ESC COUNTER or KNOCK RETARD
(°). KNOCK will read YES if the detonation sensor senses knock and NO
if the system does not sense engine knock.

KNOCK CELL (range: 0 to 200)

This parameter displays the request preset of the knock control, as in
the O2BLM CELL parameter, the knock control is designated a cell,
usually halfway, about cell 10, but if a different grade of fuel or incorrect
heat range spark plugs are fitted and the engine knocks, the knock cell
position (number) will alter to compensate for the change. On hard
acceleration the value should change between 0 and 16.

103
Alphabetical List of Parameters

KNOCK CORRECT (°) (range: -127 to 127)

This parameter displays the amount of ignition timing retard that is being
applied when is knock is detected. This the amount that is retarded from
the ignition timing advance.

KNOCK CYL 1(°) (range: YES/NO)

KNOCK CYL 2(°)
KNOCK CYL 3(°)
KNOCK CYL 4(°)
KNOCK CYL 5(°)
KNOCK CYL 6(°)
KNOCK CYL 7(°)
KNOCK CYL 8(°)
These discrete parameters display the whether knock has been
detected in the specified cylinder.

KNOCK PRESENT____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates the presence of engine knock. The display
reads YES when sensed knock exceeds a PCM-stored value.

KNOCK RETARD (°)___XX (range: 0 to 90 degrees)

On vehicles with electronic spark control (ESC), KNOCK RETARD (°)
indicates the amount of spark advance removed by the ECU when the
ESC detonation sensor senses knock. Timing is retarded from the
optimum advance for existing speed and load. KNOCK RETARD does
not indicate that timing is retarded after top dead center. It indicates the
amount of advance that has been taken away.

KNOCK RTD 1(°) (range: 0 to 90)

KNOCK RTD 2(°)
KNOCK RTD 3(°)
KNOCK RTD 4(°)
KNOCK RTD 5(°)
KNOCK RTD 6(°)
KNOCK RTD 7(°)
KNOCK RTD 8(°)
On vehicles with electronic spark control, KNOCK RTD X(º) indicates the
amount of spark advance removed by the ECU when the knock, or
detonation, sensor senses knock. Knock retard is displayed for each
cylinder on some engines but not all. Timing is retarded by the amount
displayed from the optimum advance for the existing engine speed and
load, KNOCK RETARD does not indicate that timing is retarded after top
dead centre.
104
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

KS NOISE(V)_____X.XX (range: 0 to 4.98)

This parameter indicates the amount of normal engine mechanical noise
in voltage. The PCM uses this feedback signal to diagnose the knock
sensor (KS) module and the KS sensor. Also, the PCM detects knock by
comparing this signal with the KS circuit signal. As engine speed and
load increase, so does engine noise, which causes a higher voltage to
display.

LAMP____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the PCM command status of the
dashmounted AIRBAG lamp. The AIRBAG lamp may be lit during scan
tool communication although this parameter may display OFF. This is
normal operation. This parameter would display ON if the airbag system
detected a fault.

LAMP CHECK_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the SRS lamp check. The lamp
check is carried out by the SRS module to ensure the SRS lamp on the
dash is functioning correctly.

LAMP DELAY DRV______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the lamp delay driver ?

LATERAL G (m/s2) Range: min: -25.11 m/s2 to max: 24.91 m/s2

Indicates the lateral G force.

LATERAL G SNSR (V) Range: min: 0.00 to 5.1volts

Indicates the voltage output of the lateral G sensor.

LAST SHFT(SEC) (range: 0 to 6.38 sec)

This parameter displays the actual shift time of the last upshift.

LEFT SOURCE BUTTON

This parameter indicates whether the steering wheel left hand scroll
wheel is being turned or not.

LEVER POS (range: 1, 2, 3, 4, P/N, R)

This parameter shows the position of the gear lever as determined by
the TCM/PCM using the pressure switch assembly in the transmission
valve body. With the ignition on but the engine not running this
parameter will show ??? as there is no trans fluid pressurise acting on
the pressure switch assembly.

105
Alphabetical List of Parameters

LFBeltFstnd_XX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates if the left front seat belt buckle is
latched.

LFC=LO FAN_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HFC=HI FAN_XXX
Some engines have a two-speed electro-drive fan. The PCM controls the
fan speeds through LFC and HFC outputs to the fan relays.

LFDoorAjar_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

LR/SlidDr_Ajar_XXX
RFDoorAjar_XXX
RRDoorAjar_XXX
Trunk/Htch_Ajar_XXX
These discrete parameters indicates whether various door and trunk
switch contacts are open or closed. NO means the door is shut and the
contacts of the switch are closed.

LF MOTOR AMPS__XX (range: 0 to 20 amperes)

RF MOTOR AMPS__XX
REAR MOTOR AMPS__XX
These parameters indicate the current output by the ABS controller to
the motors. When the motors are driven in reverse, these parameters will
display a minus (-) sign. During motor operation, the motor current will
be higher than the current displayed by the MOTOR FBK parameters.

LF MOTOR FBK__XX (range: 0 to 20 amperes)

RF MOTOR FBK__XX
REAR MOTOR FBK__XX
These parameters indicate the actual motor current measured by the
ABS controller. During motor operation, the feedback current will be
lower than the current displayed by the MOTOR AMPS parameters.

L-FRONT EMB__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

R-FRONT EMB__XXX
This parameter indicates the present state of the ABS controller output
signal to the left and right front electromagnetic brakes (EMB’s). The
EMB’s are turned ON during front wheel ABS operation.

106
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

L-FRONT SOL__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

R-FRONT SOL__XXX
This parameter indicates the present state of the ABS controller output
signal to the left and right front solenoids. The solenoids are turned on
during front wheel ABS operation.

LF WHEEL(MPH)____XXX (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

RF WHEEL(MPH)___XXX
LR WHEEL(MPH)___XXX
RR WHEEL(MPH)___XXX
These parameters indicate the speed signals being sent by each wheel
speed sensor to the PCM. Wheel speeds should be equal to each
other and to vehicle speed as the car is driven in a straight line without
braking. Wheel speeds will vary as the car turns a corner, and they
can vary during braking without antilock operations. During antilock
braking, wheel speeds should remain close to equal. You can change
the measurement units on the scanner from miles per hour (MPH) to
kilometers per hour (KPH) by using the ENGLISH/METRIC selection
on the CUSTOM SETUP menu.

LF WNDW AUTO DN______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the Auto Down state for the left hand front door
window whether it is.

LF WNDW UP SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

LF WNDW DN SW
This parameter shows the state of the power window switch for the left
hand front door whether it is in the UP or DOWN position.

LH SET TMP UP____XXX

LH SET TMP DWN___XXX
RH SET TMP UP____XXX
RH SET TMP DWN___XXX (range: ON/OFF)
These discrete parameters indicate the status of the left and right
temperature up or down setting switches. When a switch is held down
the reading will change from OFF to ON and when the switch is released
it will revert back to OFF.

LIFT PUMP SYS_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM control signal to the lift pump.

107
Alphabetical List of Parameters

LIFT PUMP (V)______XX.X (range: 00.0 to 25.5 volts)

This parameter indicates the voltage the lift pump system is drawing.
Use it as a check of the lift pump relay and oil pressure switch.

LIGHT SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the input status for the vehicles
headlight switch to the engine ECU. ON indicates the switch is in the
PARK position or HEADLAMP position and OFF indicates the switch is
off position.

LINE PRESS(%) (range: 0 to 100 %)

This parameter indicates the PCM commanded duty cycle of the line
pressure control solenoid. The PCM relies on the throttle position sensor
to raise or lower line pressure. When the systems functions correctly the
larger the throttle opening the higher the percentage (solenoid on-time)
and the greater the line pressure.

LINE PRESS (A)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the commanded amperage of the pressure
control solenoid by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control
line pressure in the transmission.

LINE PRESSURE IN: PND2L (KG/CM2) (range: N/A)

This parameter displays the main line pressure in the indicated lever
ranges, Park, Neutral, Drive, 2 and Low (not reverse). It is calculated by
the TCM from the amperage of the linear solenoid valve signal.

LINE PRESSURE IN: REVERSE(KG/CM2) (range: N/A)

This parameter displays the main line pressure in the indicated lever
range of Reverse only. It is calculated by the TCM from the amperage of
the linear solenoid valve signal. This parameter will display when other
gear lever ranges are selected but the reading is only valid when
Reverse is selected.

LITRES/100KM___XX.X (range: 0-100)

This parameter indicates litres of fuel used each 100km.

LOAD(%)___XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

This analog parameter indicates the relative engine load. The PCM
calculates this value by dividing the actual manifold airflow volume by
the maximum possible manifold airflow volume. A high number indicates
a heavy load, a low number a lighter load.

108
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

LOCK SW________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the lock switch. The lock switch is
ON when the doors are locked and OFF when the doors are unlocked.
The signal is taken from the right front door lock actuator. The BCM is
responding to the actual input state of the switch.

LOCKUP (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the transmission ECU command to the torque
converter lock up clutch control solenoid. It is duty cycle type control
where 0% is full pressure and 100% is lowest pressure.

LOCKUP STATUS (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the torque converter lock
up clutch as determined by the TCM.

LO CLUTCH TM (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the transmission ECU command to the
LO Clutch Timing solenoid. ON indicates the solenoid is being energised
by the trans ECU and OFF indicates it is not being energised.

LO ECT LEVEL____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the low coolant level warning lamp
or LCD warning. The low coolant level warning lamp is activated by the
instrument panel when a low coolant level is detected via a signal from
the PCM. This parameter applies to Berlina, Calais, Statesman and
Monaro vehicles.

LOW ENGINE FAN____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

With vehicles displaying this parameter the low speed of the engine fan
is controlled by the BCM. This parameter displays whether the BCM has
switched the fan ON or OFF. Typically the BCM will switch the low fan on
when the air conditioning has been switched on and the air conditioning
compressor is engaged. This parameter applies only to VR & VS 3.8L V6
engine.

LOW FAN (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates when the low fan is being commanded
on by the ECM/PCM.

LowFanCtrl_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the low-speed fan control on
vehicles with multiple fan speed control.

109
Alphabetical List of Parameters

LowFanCA_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the actual state of the commanded output to
the fan. It should be the same as the fan monitor and fan command
output displays; that is, all three should display ON or OFF at the same
time.

LOW FUEL____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

V LOW FUEL___XXX
LOW LPG____XXX (range: ON/OFF)
V LOW LPG___XXX
This parameter displays the status of the low fuel or low LPG warning
lamp or LCD warning. The low fuel warning lamp is activated by the
instrument panel when a certain voltage level from the LPG or PETROL
level sensor is reached. V LOW = very low.

LOW TRAC____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays whether the LCD warning should be ON or OFF
for the ABS / Traction Control System.

LO WASHER LVL___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the low washer level input switch.

LPG IN USE____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

For vehicles fitted with LPG systems. This parameter displays the status
of the LPG lamp or LCD warning. This lamp should be ON when the
vehicle is switched to LPG mode. It is controlled by a signal from the
PCM to the instruments indicating that LPG is in use.

LPG SENDER (V)____X.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

On vehicles fitted with LPG this parameter indicates the voltage input to
the instrument panel from the LPG tank gas level sensor. The instrument
panel uses this signal to display the gas tank level on the fuel gauge.
This parameter will be displayed for vehicles not fitted with LPG, any
value displayed will be a default value.

LPG SNDR RESIS____XX (range: unknown)

On vehicles fitted with LPG this parameter indicates the resistance of
the LPG tank gas level sensor. The instrument panel uses this signal
to display the gas tank level on the fuel gauge. This parameter will be
displayed for vehicles not fitted with LPG, any value displayed will be a
default value.

110
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

LPG STEP
Indicates the position of LPG stepper motor for fuel control.

LR SOL DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the duty cycle on time for the low
reverse solenoid. In a correctly operating transmission this solenoid will
show 0% in 1st and reverse gears, and up to 100% in 2nd, 3rd and 4th.

LT ALPHA(%) (range: 0 to 200%)

LT ALPHA B1 (%) LT ALPHA B2 (%)
The LT ALPHA (%) percentages represent the operation and long term
correction of the fuel-metering for a fuel injected engine. The LT ALPHA
parameter changes in response to changing patterns of the ST ALPHA
fuel trim corrections. These percentages also indicate whether the
PCM is commanding a rich or lean mixture. The LT ALPHA(%) numbers
range form %0 to %200 with %100 as the midpoint. At %100 the PCM
is not adjusting the injector pulse width or the engine is running in
fail-safe mode. At a percentage above 100, the engine is running lean
while the PCM is commanding a long-term rich mixture correction. At
a percentage below 100, the engine is running rich while the PCM is
commanding a long-term lean mixture correction.

LTFT ENABLED___XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates if the long-term fuel trim is enabled.

LTFT IDLE(%)______XXX (range: -100 to 99)

This parameter displays the long term fuel trim as calculated by the PCM
for when the engine is at idle.

LT TRIM B1(%)____XXX
LT TRIM B2(%)____XXX
LONGFT1______XXX
LONGFT2______XXX (range: -100% to +100% or range:-25% to +25%)
The long-term fuel trim (LT TRIM) numbers represent the operation and
long-term correction of the fuel-metering for a fuel-injected engine.
The LT TRIM numbers indicate whether the PCM is commanding a
rich or a lean mixture. Similar to short-term fuel trim (ST TRIM), the LT
TRIM number can range from -100% to +100% or from -25% to +25%,
depending on the vehicle. Zero percent serves as the midpoint. A
number above zero percent indicates that the PCM has commanded
a long-term rich mixture correction. A number below zero percent
indicates that the PCM is commanding a lean mixture.

111
Alphabetical List of Parameters

The LT TRIM numbers follow the short-term trim (ST TRIM) numbers to
make long-term fuel metering corrections, in response to a pattern of
short term corrections.

You can compare LT TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above

zero indicate increased on-time, while numbers below zero indicate
decreased on-time. LT TRIM corrections operate only in closed loop. In
open loop they revert to a fixed value.

LT TRM AVG1 %______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

LT TRM AVG2 %______XXX
These parameters indicate the average of the Long Term fuel trim cells.
The cells are rated for the amount they are used, values around idle are
worth more than extreme values, eg full rich during acceleration. So
malfunctions in the idle range will affect the average more than
malfunctions in the extreme ranges.

A negative percentage indicates that O2S feedback shows a rich

condition so the PCM is commanding a lean mixture. A positive
percentage indicates that O2S feedback shows a lean
condition so the PCM is commanding a rich mixture.

The numbers indicate cylinder bank 1 or cylinder bank 2. When the

average of the cells reaches a predetermined high or low value a DTC
will be set.

MAF-CRSE(kg/h) (range 0 to 400)

This analog parameter is a measure of intake air mass that is actually
being drawn into the engine, it is measured in kilograms per hour and is
based on MAF sensor output.

MAF/CYL(MG/S) (range: 0 to 1000)

This analog parameter displays in milligrams per second the calculated
airflow per cylinder.

MAF-FINE(kg/h) (range 0 to 51)

This analog parameter is a measure of the maximum amount of intake
air mass that is required by the engine under present conditions. It is
measured in kilograms per hour and is calculated by the ECU.

112
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

MAF (G/S) (range: see text)

MAF(gm/S)_XXX
This analog parameter displays the amount of air being drawn in by the
engine measured in grams per second. This reading is calculated
internally by the ECU based on input from the mass airflow meter (MAF).
The more air is drawn in the higher the reading.

MAF (Kg/h) (range: see text)

This analog parameter displays the amount of air being drawn in by the
engine measured in kilograms per hour. This reading is calculated
internally by the ECU based on input from the mass airflow meter (MAF).
The more air is drawn in the higher the reading.

MAF (mg/T) (range: see text)

This analog parameter displays the amount of air being drawn in by the
engine measured in milligrams over time. This reading is calculated
internally by the ECU based on input from the mass airflow meter (MAF).
The more air is drawn in the higher the reading.

MAF(V) (range:0 to 5.00 volts)

MAF(V) B2
This parameter indicates the rate of mass airflow in voltage. This signal
is proportional to the density and volume of air flowing into the intake
manifold. As the throttle opens wider, the signal increases. MAF(V) B2
refers to the MAF sensor for cylinder bank two if the engine has two
separate MAF sensors for each cylinder bank.

MAIN INJECTION QUANITITY (mm3)

This parameter indicates the amount of fuel injected of the Main
Injection in cubic millimeters.

MAIN RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter display the commanded status of the main relay
by the ECU.

MANIFOLD VALVE (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the ECU command to the manifold
valve that varies the manifold length.

113
Alphabetical List of Parameters

MAN LEV POS_XXXX (range: see below)

This parameter indicates the current position of the gear shift lever.
Parameter states can be: PARK, REV, NEUT, O/D, DRIVE, MAN1, and
MAN2.

MAN LEV POS(V)_X.XX (range: see below)

The manual lever position (MLP) sensor is a ratiometric sensor with six
discreet resistors in series. The PCM looks at the different voltages
produced in each of the shift lever positions. Typical readings for this
parameter should be:
Park = 4.41-volts
Reverse = 3.60-volts
Neutral = 2.83-volts
Drive = 2.09-volts
2nd = 1.37-volts
1st = 0.68-volts.

MAN VAC(kPa)____XXX (range: 0 to 205 kPa)

MAN VAC(“Hg)____XX.X (range: 0 to 60.7 “Hg)
The PCM calculates a manifold vacuum reading from the MAP sensor
voltage signal. It does this by comparing the barometric (BARO)
pressure reading taken from the MAP sensor before startup to the MAP
voltage while the engine is running. The PCM converts the difference
between the two voltages to a value that is equivalent to manifold
vacuum. The reading should be approximately 0 “Hg or kPa with the
engine off and the manifold close to atmospheric pressure at sea level.
When the engine is running with high manifold vacuum, the reading will
drop.

MANUAL SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the automatic
transmission manual switch. The manual switch is normally mounted on
the gear lever.

114
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

MAP(kPa)____XXX (range: 0 to 255 kPa)

MAP(“Hg)____XX.X (range: 0 to 75.3 “Hg)
MAP(mmHG)__XX.X (range: 0 to 1913 mmHG)
The ECU calculates a manifold absolute pressure (MAP) reading from
the MAP sensor voltage signal. When MAP is displayed in kPa, the
reading should be approximately 100 to 102 kPa with the engine off
and the manifold close to atmospheric pressure at sea level. When the
engine is running with high manifold vacuum, the kPa reading will drop.
On a turbocharged engine, the kPa reading will rise above 100 as boost
is applied. When MAP is displayed in “Hg, the reading should be about
29.9 “Hg with the engine off and the manifold close to atmospheric
pressure at sea level. When the engine is running with high manifold
vacuum, the MAP reading in “Hg will drop. On a turbocharged engine,
the reading will rise above 30 as boost is applied.
VOLTAGE HIGH LOW
MAP(kPa) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10
MAP(“Hg) 21 18 15 12 9 6 3
MAP(mmHG) 533 457 381 305 229 152 76
Compare the MAP voltage and MAP pressure readings on the Scanner.
Pressure should be high when voltage is high, low when voltage is low.
If
the readings appear abnormal for the apparent engine load, the sensor
signal to the ECU may be inaccurate or the ECU calculations may be
incorrect for some reason. It is not a measure of actual manifold
vacuum. It cannot be used as a measure of manifold vacuum.

MAP(V)________X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12 volts)

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor provides an analog
voltage parameter that varies with manifold pressure. The voltage signal
can range from 0 to 5.12 volts.
MAP is intake manifold pressure relative to zero. MAP and manifold
vacuum are related inversely. For example:
• MAP voltage is low when absolute pressure is low (vacuum is high).
• MAP voltage is high when absolute pressure is high (vacuum is low).
The ECU uses the MAP sensor voltage along with the barometric
pressure (BARO) sensor voltage to calculate manifold vacuum and true
absolute pressure. The ECU also uses MAP voltage and engine speed
to calculate engine load.

115
Alphabetical List of Parameters

MAP/BARO SOLENOID (range: MAP/BARO)

The ABSOL PRESS(V) readings are based on either manifold vacuum or
barometric (atmospheric) pressure, depending upon the MAP/BARO
SOLENOID status. If MAP is displayed, the ABSOL PRESS(V) parameter
shows MAP voltage; when BARO is displayed, the ABSOL PRESS(V)
parameter shows BARO voltage. The MAP/BARO solenoid-controlled
valve applies intake manifold vacuum or barometric (atmospheric)
pressure to the sensing port of the absolute pressure sensor.

MAP Fail__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the PCM has detected a
fault with the Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. ON indicates that the
PCM has detected a problem with the MAP sensor.

MASS AIR FLOW/CYL__XXX (range:0 - 1000mG/S)

This parameter is the air flow per cylinder. For either parameter, airflow
is measured with a Karman vortex type sensor. This type of sensor
has a triangular column in the airflow path and monitors the pressure
increases from the resulting vortices. Each time a vortex is generated
by the flowing air, a pressure increase occurs. As airflow increases,
the number of vortices increases, resulting in an increase in pressure
fluctuation speed. As airflow decreases, the number of vortices
decreases, resulting in a decrease in pressure fluctuation speed. These
pressure pulses are detected by the airflow sensor.

MAT(°C)_______XXX (range: -40 to 199)

MAT(°F)_______XXX (range: -40 to 389)
These analog parameters for fuel-injected engines indicate the
temperature of the intake air in the manifold. The Scanner will display
manifold air temperature (MAT) for all vehicles on which this parameter
is available. You can change the measurement units on the Scanner
from degrees Celsius (°C) to degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The preset
measurement is °C. A thermistor temperature sensor installed in the
intake manifold is usually used to measure intake air temperature.
The ECU converts MAT sensor voltage signals to air temperature
readings. MAT readings, along with MAP, are primary parameters used
by the ECU to calculate the amount of air entering the engine. The MAT
reading should be close to ambient air temperature when the engine
is cold and should rise steadily as the engine warms. Hightemperature
MAT readings may differ greatly from car to car because of underhood
temperature variations and hot-soak conditions.

116
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

MAX FAN RELAY____XXX (range: OFF/ON)

The blower fan is maximum speed is controlled by a relay, when
maximum blower fan is required this parameter will read ON, otherwise it
will read OFF.

MAX O2S(V) (range: 0 to 2.5 or 5)

MIN O2S(V)
These analog parameters display the minimum or maximum voltage of
the oxygen sensor. These are updated every few seconds or as new
peaks are reached.

MAX SPEED_XXX (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter displays the preset vehicle maximum speed set in the
PCM. This may vary from vehicle to vehicle and model to model. The
PCM will not allow the vehicle to go over the preset speed by limiting
fuel to the engine.

MCD/LCD ILL.(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

LCD ILLUM(%)______XXX
This parameter indicates the level of illumination of the instrument
control display when the park-lamp switch is switched ON. 100 percent
is full brightness, as the percentage decreases so should the brightness
of the instrument panel backlights. This reading will remain fixed on
models not using the variable illumination.

MC DWL(°)__XX (range: 0° to 60°)

Mixture control (MC) solenoid dwell indicates the duty cycle, or on-time,
of the MC solenoid in the carburetor. This parameter is displayed for
carbureted engines only. It usually is based on a 6-cylinder dwell scale
of 0 to 60 degrees. MC DWL(°) is shown at the right of the top line.
A low dwell reading indicates that the ECU is commanding a rich
mixture from the carburetor. A high dwell reading indicates that the ECU
is commanding a lean mixture. On a 6-cylinder scale, the midpoint of
the dwell range is 30°, which indicates a 50-percent duty cycle. A fully
rich condition is 6°, and a fully lean condition is 54°. When the ECU is
operating in open loop, the MC dwell is fixed, usually near 30°. When
the ECU is operating in closed loop, the MC dwell should change as the
O2 sensor voltage changes. On a 4-cylinder (90°) scale, the midpoint of
the dwell range is 45°, which indicates a 50-percent duty cycle. To verify
proper dwell scale, refer to published specifications in manufacturer’s
repair manuals.

117
Alphabetical List of Parameters

MC PRESS(MPa) (range: unknown)

This analog parameter displays the master cylinder pressure measured
in megapascals. This signal comes from the master cylinder pressure
sensor.

MILEAGE SINCE DTC SET (range: 0 to 999)

This parameter displays the mileage accumulated since an emission
diagnostic trouble code cleared as miles or kilometers. The PCM stores
this mileage in the Freeze Frame and Failure Records buffers.

MIL STATUS (range: ON/OFF)

MIL_XXX
MILFault__XXX
This parameter indicates the state of the PCM command to the
Malfunction Indicator Light, or MIL, on the dash. The operation of the
MIL varies between vehicles and manufacturers.

On some vehicles ON indicates that the MIL should be lit, while on

others it will only indicate ON when a fault code has been set and stored
in the PCM. The MIL may be on when the key is on and the engine is
off and the MIL STATUS will indicate OFF, this is normal and is a prove
out that the MIL lamp is functioning and the globe is OK. Some vehicles
do not have a MIL at all and MIL STATUS can indicate that a fault code
has been set in the PCM. See also HOLD LAMP. See also Mazda Special
Notes.

MIN TPS(%) (range: 0 to 99)

This analog reading displays the learned minimum or closed throttle
percentage by the engine ECU. This parameter is calculated by the ECU
based on throttle sensor voltage input. This reading is used by the ECU
for closed throttle running conditions.

MIN TPS (V) (range: 0 to 5 volts)

This analog reading displays the learned minimum or closed throttle
voltage by the engine ECU. This reading is used by the ECU for closed
throttle running conditions.

MISFire_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether or not a misfire has occurred.
Crankshaft acceleration is measured for each cylinder firing event. If the
acceleration drops below a specified threshold, a misfire is deemed to
have occurred.

118
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

MISFIRE CYCLES____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

MIS PER CYCLE_____XXX
These parameters display engine cycles that were analysed for misfire
data. This parameter counts misfire tests during 200 revolutions.

MISFIRE CYL1
MISFIRE CYL 2
MISFIRE CYL3
MISFIRE CYL 4
MISFIRE CYL5
MISFIRE CYL 6
MISFIRE CYL7
MISFIRE CYL 8 (range: 0 to 255)
These parameters indicate the number of possible misfires detected on
each cylinder during the last 200 cylinder firing events. These readings
normally display some activity, but the activity should be fairly equal for
all cylinders.

MISS HISTORY 1____XXXXX

MISS HISTORY 2____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 3____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 4____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 5____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 6____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 7____XXXXX
MISS HISTORY 8____XXXXX (range: 0 to 65535)
These parameters display the total number of misfires detected on each
cylinder. These parameters do not update or show any activity until a
misfire DTC(P0300) becomes active. These parameters update every
200 cylinder misfiring events.

Misfire Monitor (MISFIRE) — Monitors engine misfire and designates

by DTC the specific cylinder in which a misfire occurs. Misfire is a lack of
combustion due to an absence of spark, poor fuel metering, poor
compression, or any other cause. Typically, inputs from the ECT, MAF,
and CKP sensors are required to enable this monitor.

MISFIRE PASSESS____XXX (range: 0 to 65535)

MISFIRE FAILS_____XXX
These parameters display the number of crankshaft 200-revolution
sample periods for which misfire diagnostics reported a failure or pass.

119
Alphabetical List of Parameters

MODE SW_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the vent position mode
switch. When the switch is held down the reading will change from OFF
to ON and when the switch is released it will revert back to OFF.

MODULE DEPLOYED_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays whether the seatbelt pretensioners have been
deployed or not. If this parameter displays YES the SRS module must be
replaced, this parameter cannot be cleared to read NO any other way.

MOTOR POS STEPS___XXX (range: 0 to 255 steps)

The MOTOR POS STEPS parameter indicates the position of the ISC
valve in the throttle body of Mitsubishi-built, dual-overhead-cam engines.
The ISC valve controls the amount of air that bypasses the throttle at
idle and thus the idle speed. The motor that drives the ISC valve has
255 positions, and ISC readings can vary from zero to 255. A reading
of 0 indicates that the motor has fully extended the ISC pintle to cut off
bypass air. A high number indicates that the motor has retracted the ISC
pintle to allow more bypass air.

MOTOR POS(V)___X.XXX (range: 0 to 5.000 volts)

This analog parameter is a feedback signal from a motor position sensor
on the idle speed control servo. This sensor is found on vehicles with
Mitsubishibuilt, single-overhead-cam engines. The sensor is a variable
resistor with a pin that rests on the idle speed control servo plunger.
As the plunger extends, output voltage and idle speed increase. As the
plunger retracts, output voltage and idle speed decrease.

MRP (kPa) (range: -136 to 135)

This analog parameter is a measure of the inlet Manifold Relative
Pressure. Relative pressure differs from absolute pressure in that 0
relative pressure is measured at sea level which is actually 101 kPa
absolute pressure. At key on engine off relative pressure is 0 and at
engine running the pressure drops to a negative value that varies on
engine load and engine speed.

NC0 RPM (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

NC2 RPM
These parameters indicate at what RPM the automatic transmission
direct clutches engage. These clutches spin in forward gears and are
held in reverse and overdrive.

120
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

NEUT POS SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the status of the neutral position switch.
It is used in both vehicles with automatic and manual transmissions.

NeuSafetySw_XXXXXX (range: ACTIVE/INACTV)

This parameter displays the status of the neutral safety switch. ACTIVE
means the switch contacts are closed.

NeuTowFcnLmp_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the GEM command status for the Neutral Tow
Indicator Lamp. When the system functions properly, ON means the
Lamp is lit.

NeutTowFcn_XXXXXXX (range: ENABLE/DISABLE)

This parameter indicates whether the transfer case has been placed into
the Neutral Tow Mode by the GEM module. ENABLE means the Tow
Mode is in effect. This Mode permits the vehicle to be towed without
damaging the transfer case, transmission, or driveline.

NEUTRAL SW (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the neutral switch. It will
indicate YES when a manual transmission is in the neutral position or
when an automatic transmission is in Park or Neutral. It will display NO
at other times.

NO ABS MSSG__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

NO BEM MSSG__XXX
NO HIM MSSG__XXX
NO ICM MSSG__XXX
These discrete parameters indicate whether the indicated modules are
not sending messages (MSSG) over the CAN bus. The various ECU’s in
some vehicles are connected together using a system called “Controller
Area Network” or CAN. If there is no messages being passed along the
CAN then the PCM will flag the fault and set the above parameter to ON.
OFF indicates that no problems exist.
ABS = Anti-lock Brake System
BEM = Body Electronics Module
HIM = Heater Ventilation Air Conditioning Integrated Module
ICM = Instrument Cluster Module

121
Alphabetical List of Parameters

NOM. IDLE RPM (range: 0 to 2040)

This analog reading displays the desired idle speed of the engine in RPM.

NOT USED (range: not applicable)

This parameter indicates a vacant “slot” or position in the data list for a
parameter that is not supported for the vehicle being tested. It can be
displayed in a normal data list as well as in a custom data list.

N/P SWITCH
R SWITCH
D SWITCH
3RD SWITCH
2ND SWITCH
1ST SWITCH
1ST RANGE SW
2ND RANGE SW
3RD RANGE SW
D RANGE SW
R RANGE SW
N/P RANGE SW (range: ON/OFF)
These discrete parameters indicate the status of the automatic
transmission gear lever position switches. Each switch should indicate
ON as the gear lever is placed in each position.

O2B1-S1(LAMBDA) (range: 0.0 to 2.0 lambda)

O2B2-21(LAMBDA)
These parameters display the lambda output from the heated oxygen
sensor (HO2S) to the control module. A low reading below 1.0 indicates
a rich exhaust; a high reading above 1.0 indicates a lean exhaust. It
should fluctuate during closed loop operation.

O2 B1S1(%) (range 0 to 100)

O2 B1S1 HTR(%)
O2 B1S2 HTR(%)
This analog parameter displays the ECU command to the oxygen
sensor heater it is controlled by a duty cycle on/off percentage with 100
being maximum heating. O2S B1S1 is bank 1 sensor 1 and O2S B2S1 is
bank 2 sensor 1.

122
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

O2 BLM ENABLE (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the ECU is learning the long term
memory for O2 correction. If the reading is OFF the ECU is not able to
carry out changes in the long term memory correction. This reading is
also temperature dependant and will read OFF until normal operating
conditions are met. If it continually reads OFF a malfunction is present.

O2 CROSSCOUNTS___XXX (range: 0 to 255)

When the engine is warmed up and running in closed loop, the O2
sensor voltage changes constantly. CROSSCOUNTS indicates the
number of times that the O2 sensor voltage crossed from the lean region
(below 450 mV) to the rich region (above 450 mV). A counter in the ECU
records the number of times the O2 sensor voltage crosses between
rich and lean.

The CROSSCOUNT reading is the number of voltage crossovers within

the last second. The CROSSCOUNT reading indicates how well the O2
sensor is responding to changes in fuel metering and exhaust oxygen
content. The reading does not indicate how good or bad the sensor is. It
simply shows that the sensor can vary its voltage in response to exhaust
oxygen content.

On some engines, the O2 sensor may cool off at idle, and the system
may go to open loop. In this case, the sensor will not provide a varying
voltage to the ECU, and the CROSSCOUNT reading will be 0. Run the
engine at fast idle for a few seconds to warm the sensor, return to closed
loop, and restore the CROSSCOUNT reading.

O2 HEATER (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the command status of the oxygen sensor
heater by the ECU.

O2 HEATER B1-S2 O2 HEATER B2-S1

O2 HEATER B2-S2
B1 and B2 refer to cylinder banks 1 and 2. Bank 1 is always the bank
containing the number 1 cylinder. S1 indicates a pre-catalyst O2S, and
S2 indicates a post-catalyst O2S. The parameter O2 HEATER refers to
the O2S in the B1-S1 position.

123
Alphabetical List of Parameters

O2 MON (range: RICH/LEAN)

O2 MON B1-S1
O2 MON B1-S2
O2 MON B2-S1
O2 MON B2-S2
These parameters indicate whether a particular O2S senses a rich or
lean condition while the engine runs in closed loop. RICH means that
the PCM is shortening the fuel injector pulse width to lean the mixture.
LEAN means that the PCM is lengthening the fuel injector pulse width to
richen the mixture.

B1 and B2 refer to cylinder banks 1 and 2. Bank 1 is always the bank

containing the number 1 cylinder. S1 indicates a pre-catalyst O2S, and
S2 indicates a post-catalyst O2S. The parameter O2 MON refers to the
O2S in the B1-S1 position.

O2(mV)__XXXX (range: 0 to 1800)

FRONT O2(mV)___XXXX
REAR O2(mV)___XXXX
O2 #1(mV)___XXXX
O2 #2(mV)___XXXX
O2 B1-S1(mV)___XXX
O2 B1-S2(mV)___XXX
O2 B2-S1(mV)___XXX
O2 B2-S2(mV)___XXX
The exhaust gas oxygen (O2) sensor is the primary sensor that indicates
whether the engine is running rich or lean. The O2 sensor generates a
voltage signal that ranges from 0 volt to 1 volt or a little over 1 volt (0 to
1000 millivolts – mV). A high millivolt signal indicates a rich exhaust; a
low signal indicates a lean exhaust. In normal operation, the O2 sensor
voltage ranges from 100 to 1000 mV. The O2 sensor must be hot (above
500°F), and the ECU must be in closed loop before the ECU will respond
to the sensor signal. Some PCM’s modify the voltage value to above
1000 mV, some may fluctuate between 0 and 5000mV.

Some engines have separate O2 sensors for the front and rear banks.
The front O2 sensor voltage is displayed as O2 #2(mV)___, and the rear
O2 sensor voltage is shown as O2 #1(mV)___.

O2 sensor prefixes B1 and B2 correlate to banks 1 and 2. Bank 1 is

always the bank that contains the number 1 cylinder. O2 sensor suffix S1
indicates a pre-catalyst O2 sensor, while suffix S2 indicates a
postcatalyst O2 sensor.
124
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

During closed loop operation O2 sensors should range from 100mV to

900mV. A lean condition causes both sensors to read below 400 mV,
while a rich condition causes readings above 600mV. At 2500 rpm
readings should switch between high and low at least six-to-ten times
every ten seconds.

O2 CROSSCNTS-1_____XX (range: see text)

O2 CROSSCNTS-2____XX
RIGHT CROSSCNTS____XX
LEFT CROSSCNTS____XX
LEAN/RICH TRANS_____XX
See “O2 CROSSCOUNTS” in Holden Reference Manual.

The –1 or –2 is for bank 1 or bank 2 of the engine and left and right are
for the left and right banks of the engine. LEAN/RICH TRANS is the lean
to rich transitions count.

O2S B1-S1 READY__XXX

O2S B2-S1 READY__XXX
O2S B1-S2 READY__XXX
O2S B2-S2 READY__XXX (range: YES/NO)
These parameters indicate whether the oxygen sensors have reached
operating temperature. NO indicates they are not ready and engine will
be in open loop. YES indicates they are ready and the engine should be
operating in closed loop.

O2 B1-S1 STAT____XXX
O2 B2-S1 STAT____XXX
O2 B1-S2 STAT____XXX
O2 B2-S2 STAT____XXX
L/R SWITCH B1S1___XXX
L/R SWITCH B2S1___XXX (range: RICH/LEAN)
These parameters indicate whether the oxygen sensor (O2S) voltage is
above bias voltage (RICH) or below bias voltage (LEAN). There should
be constant activity, which indicates that the PCM is actively controlling
the air/fuel mixture of banks 1 or 2.

125
Alphabetical List of Parameters

O2S11 FailMode_XXX
O2S12 FailMode_XXX
O2S21 FailMode_XXX
O2S22 FailMode_XXX (range: ON/OFF)
These discrete parameters indicate the Oxygen Sensor Failure Mode
status for the indicated sensor. ON indicates that the PCM has detected
a problem with that particular O2Sensor and is operating in O2S Failure
Mode.
O2S11 = bank 1 sensor 1 (upstream of catalytic converter)
O2S12 = bank 1 sensor 2 (downstream of catalytic converter)
O2S21 = bank 2 sensor 1 (upstream of catalytic converter)
O2S22 = bank 2 sensor 2 (downstream of catalytic converter)
Note that vehicles with only one bank of cylinders will still display as
O2S11 or O2S12.

O2 READY (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the oxygen (O2) sensor is ready
for closed loop operation. It has warmed up and is cycling correctly.

OBD-II READINESS MONITORS (range: READY/NOT DONE or N/A)

MISFIRE______XXXXX
FUEL SYS_____XXXXX
COMPONENTS___XXXXX
CATALYST_____XXXXX
HEATED CAT___XXXXX
EVAP SYS_____XXXXX
AIR__________XXXXX
A/C REFRIG___XXXXX
O2 SENSOR____XXXXX
O2 HEATER____XXXXX
EGR SYS______XXXXX
The PCM’s in OBD-II vehicles monitor the function and operating
efficiency of various emission-related circuits and components. When a
monitored circuit or component is not operating properly, a diagnostic
trouble code (DTC) is set.

126
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

Each monitor requires that a certain sequence of events occur before

monitoring their assigned circuit. The events required to activate each
monitor vary, depending on the circuit and components. The OBD-II
Readiness Monitor parameters display the status of these monitors.
When a Readiness Monitor parameter reads READY, the required
sequence of events has completed and the monitor is ready to report
problems and set DTC’s. When a Readiness Monitor parameter reads
NOT DONE, the required sequence of events has not completed and
the monitor is therefore not ready to report problems or set DTC’s.
When a Readiness Monitor reads N/A, the vehicle is not equipped for
that monitor. The paragraphs that follow give a brief description of each
monitor.

OCTANE VALUE (range: unknown)

This discrete parameter indicates the setting of the octane plug. This is a
manual adjustment and should be present correctly from the factory to
run on the prescribed fuel.

O/D CUT 2 (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the “overdrive off” switch
mounted on the T-bar or dash. On a properly functioning system ON
means the switch contacts are closed, the O/D OFF lamp is lit and the
PCM is preventing the transmission from shifting into overdrive. OFF
means the switch contacts are open, the lamp is not lit and the PCM is
allowing the transmission to shift into overdrive.

OD ENABLED___XXX (range: YES/NO)

O/D SW___XXX (range: ON/OFF)
OVERDRIVE SW
These discrete parameters indicate the position of the overdrive control
switch. When the switch is on, these parameters read YES or ON and
the transaxle operates as a 4-speed automatic. When the switch is off,
these parameters read NO and OFF and the transaxle operates as a 3-
speed automatic.

OD OFF SIG (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the signal from the cruise control
system, if fitted, that instructs the PCM to cancel the overdrive gear.

ODO RESET SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the input status of the odometer reset switch
on the instrument panel.

127
Alphabetical List of Parameters

OD SOL DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

OD SOL (%)
This analog parameter displays the duty cycle on time for the overdrive
solenoid. In a correctly operating transmission this solenoid will show
0% in 3rd and 4th gears, and up to 100% in 1st, 2nd and reverse.

O/D SOLENOID (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the PCM senses that the overdrive
solenoid is energised.

OFF ACCEL SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the OFF position of the accelerator
pedal. ON indicates the pedal is in the idle position. OFF indicates the
accelerator pedal is being depressed. The control module uses this
information to control the engine at idle and may be used for fuel cut
operation.

OFF SW_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the OFF switch. When the
switch is held down the reading will change from OFF to ON and when
the switch is released it will revert back to OFF.

OIL PRESS_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter displays whether oil pressure has been detected
by the oil pressure sensor.

OIL PRESS____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the low oil pressure warning lamp
or LCD warning. The low oil pressure warning lamp is activated by the
instrument panel when low oil pressure is detected via a signal from the
PCM.

OIL PRESS (V)____X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00)

This parameter displays the engine oil pressure measured from the oil
pressure sensor. As RPM and oil pressure increases from idle the
voltage will increase. At a predetermined value the PCM will turn ON the
low oil pressure warning light.

OIL TEMP (V) (range: 0 to 5)

This analog parameter displays the voltage signal returning from the
transmission fluid temperature sensor.

128
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

OPEN/CLSD LOOP_XXXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

LOOP STATUS(L)__XXXX LOOP STATUS(R)__XXXX
LOOP
LOOP 1
LOOP 2
FUEL SYS 1
FUEL SYS 2
These discrete parameters indicate whether the ECU is operating the
engine in open or closed loop. During warmup, the reading should be
OPEN. When the engine reaches normal operating temperature and the
ECU responds to O2 sensor voltage, the reading should be CLSD.
Some vehicles display separate parameters for the left and right banks.

Some failure conditions (many associated with trouble codes) will cause
the ECU to return to open-loop operation. Additionally, some vehicles
may normally return to open-loop operation at idle. This is usually
because the O2 sensor cools off at idle, and the ECU returns to
open loop. You should be able to restore closed-loop operation by
accelerating off idle to warm the sensor.

OSS=TSS(rpm)_XXX (range: zero to vehicle maximum)

OutShftSp(RPM)_XXX
OSS_______XXXX
This analog parameter is calculated by the PCM based on the voltage
signal from the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor. The output shaft speed
(OSS) sensor is a magnetic pickup located on the rear of the
transmission case, on the driver’s side.

OUTLET SET_____XXXXX (range: MANUAL/AUTO)

INLET SET_______XXXXX
This discrete parameter indicates whether the inlet and outlet of the ECC
system are under manual or the drivers control. MANUAL indicates the
inlet and outlet are under manual or the drivers control and AUTO
indicates they are under ECC module automatic control.

OUTPUT RPM (range: 0 to 8192)

This parameter shows the speed of the transmission output shaft from
the output shaft speed sensor. It is used by the TCM/PCM to determine
shift speeds and in determining what gear the transmission is currently
in.

129
Alphabetical List of Parameters

OUTSIDE TEMP_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameters indicates the status of the outside temperature
switch. When the switch is held down the reading will change from OFF
to ON and when the switch is released it will revert back to OFF.

OverSpdWarn_XXXXXXX (range: ENABLED/DISABLED)

This parameter indicates the presence of a higher-than-normal wheel
speed sensor signal. ENABLE means one or more wheels have
exceeded maximum vehicle speed or a sensor circuit has shorted.

OVERIDE STATUS____XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the over ride status of the theft deterrent
system. OFF means the theft deterrent system not being over ridden
and is under the control of the BCM or Theft Deterrent Module (TDM).
ON means the theft deterrent is being over ridden and the BCM or Theft
Deterrent Module will allow the vehicle to be started even though the
BCM or TDM have not received a signal from the remote coded key.
Switching the ignition on and leaving it on for approximately half an hour
will enable the over ride, this function is useful when a remote coded key
is broken or lost. Some early model VR vehicles have a key that can be
used to over ride the theft deterrent system.

OVERRUN CLUTCH (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the PCM command status for the overrun clutch
solenoid valve. When functioning correctly ON means that the solenoid
has opened the valve.

OVERRUN SOL (range: ON/OFF)

These discrete parameters indicate the transmission ECU command to
the overrun solenoid.

OVERSPEED____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the OVERSPEED warning lamp or
LCD warning. The OVERSPEED warning lamp flashes a warning to the
driver that a particular driver set vehicle speed has been reached or
exceeded.

Oxygen Sensor Monitors (O2 SENSOR & O2 HEATER) — Monitors

the O2 sensor switching frequency for degradation, and the heater
circuit for proper operation (when equipped).

130
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

PARK BRAKE____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

BRAKE FAIL_____XXX
These two parameters display whether the brake warning lamp or LCD
warning should be ON or OFF. The warning lamp is used to indicate
whether the parking brake is applied and also to indicate if there is a
problem with the hydraulic brake system. With the ignition ON, no
problem detected in the hydraulic brake system and the park brake NOT
applied the light will be OFF. If the park brakes are then applied the lamp
will illuminate and the reading will be ON.

PARK LAMP INPUT____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the input from the headlight switch.
When the switch is turned to park lamps the reading will indicate ON
and will remain ON when the headlight switch is turned to full headlight
operation. The instrument panel uses this input to warn the driver that
the headlights are ON when the ignition has been turned OFF.

PARK LAMP SW________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the park lamp switch. When the
switch is off the parameter displays OFF, when the switch is on the
display shows ON. The BCM is responding to the actual input state of
the switch.

ParkLmpSw_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the driver-operated Park
Lamp Switch. ON means the Park Lamp switch contacts are closed.

PARK/NEU POS_XX (range: P-N—/-R-DL)

ParkNeuPos_XX
The park/neutral switch (P/N SWITCH) is a discrete parameter that
indicates whether an automatic transmission is in park or neutral or in
one of the drive ranges. The display should read:
P-N— if the transmission is in either park or neutral.
-R-DL if the transmission is in any forward gear or reverse.
The park/neutral switch is a grounding switch that is closed in park or
neutral and open in any forward gear or reverse.

PART LOAD (range: YES/NO or ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the throttle butterfly is at part
throttle, which is between closed throttle and wide open throttle.

131
Alphabetical List of Parameters

PASS DOOR________XXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This parameter displays the state of the passenger door. The parameter
is OPEN when the door is open (although the actual switch is closed)
and CLSD when the door is closed (although the actual switch is open).
The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

PASS DR UNLOCK________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the status of the front passenger door lock switch,
it should display OFF when the passenger door is locked and ON when
the passenger door is unlocked.

PASSIVE MODE_____XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the passive mode status of the theft deterrent
system OFF means passive mode is not active and ON means passive
mode is active and the Security LED is flashing.

PCM ID STAT STR_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter “PCM IDentification STATus StoRed” displays the BEM
status of the PCM identification.

PCM REQ RECVD_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter “PCM REQuset RECeiVeD” displays the BEM status of
the PCM request to enabled for vehicle starting.

PCM VERIFY OK_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the BEM verification status of the PCM with the
BEM. The PCM must be verified for the BEM to allow the vehicle to be
started. This parameter will indicate NO if the ignition is switched off and
should indicate YES with the ignition on and the PCM verified.

PCS COM BAR(Pa)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the commanded pressure of the pressure control
solenoid by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control line
pressure in the transmission.

PCS COM (mA)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the commanded amperage of the pressure
control solenoid by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control
line pressure in the transmission.

132
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

PCS DUTY% (range 0 to 100)

This parameter shows the commanded duty cycle of the main pressure
control solenoid.

PCS ENABLED (range YES/NO)

This discrete parameter shows whether the pressure control solenoid
has been enabled by the TCM/PCM.

PCS OVERRIDE (range YES/NO)

This discrete parameter shows whether the pressure control solenoid
has been overridden by the TCM/PCM from its normal operation. The
TCM/PCM may override the PCS function if a fault is detected in the
transmission.

PCSV DC(%)___XXX.X (range: 0 to 100.0%)

A pressure control valve regulates hydraulic pressure to the various
clutches during shifting. The pressure control solenoid valve (PCSV)
actuates the pressure control valve. The PCSV DC(%) parameter
displays the duty cycle (DC) of the pulse-width-modulated (pwm) signal
to the solenoid.

PCV SOL VLV (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the ECU command to the crankcase
positive ventilation valve control solenoid. ON indicates the solenoid has
enabled the PCV to operate and OFF indicates PCV operation is
prevented.

PEDAL POS (%) (range: 0 to 100)

The pedal position parameter displays the position of the throttle pedal
as a percentage. This is derived from the pedal position sensor inputs.

PETROL SENDER (V)____X.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

This parameter indicates the voltage input to the instrument panel from
the fuel tank fuel level sensor. The instrument panel uses this signal to
display the fuel tank level on the fuel gauge. Used on all models.

P/N (range: N/A)

This parameter displays the part number of the airbag control module,
this may need to be used when replacing the airbag module.

P/N SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays whether the gear lever is in P/N or
D2LR.
133
Alphabetical List of Parameters

P/N SWITCH___XXXX (range: see below)

This parameter displays the signal from the park/neutral switch. The
characters displayed in the range depend on the vehicle. On most, the
readings for this parameter are: PARK, REV, NEUT, DRIVE, 2ND, and
LOW. Others use either P-N— for park and neutral or -R-DL for reverse
and forward gears. When the range displays an integer, that number
corresponds to the presently engaged gear. The Scanner displays
question marks (????) between gears or when the signal is invalid.

POINTER ILL.(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the level of illumination of the instrument
pointers when the park-lamp switch is switched ON. 100 percent is
full brightness, as the percentage decreases so should the brightness of
the instrument panel backlights. This reading will remain fixed on
models not using the variable dimming pointers.

POS COUNT (range 0 to 255)

This discrete parameter indicates the number of cogs on the flywheel.
The crankshaft position sensor is used to determine this value. An intact
flywheel should have 180 cogs.

POWER ENRICH___XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter is displayed on some fuel-injected engines. POWER
ENRICH___YES means that the ECU has commanded a rich mixture for
high-power operation. It is equivalent to power valve operation in a
carburetor. YES should be accompanied by increased injector
pulse width readings. POWER ENRICH should read NO during idle,
deceleration, and normal cruising.

POWERSHIFT____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the automatic transmission
POWERSHIFT warning lamp or LCD warning The automatic
transmission powershift is controlled by a driver input switch, when
powershift mode is selected the lamp or warning will read ON, when
powershift is disengaged the reading will be OFF. Only applicable to
vehicles equipped with Automatic Transmissions.

POWERSHIFT SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the vehicle is in Power or
Economy mode. These modes affect when gear shifts occur as well as
how smoothly the transmission shifts gears. When functioning correctly
ON means that the vehicle is in the Power mode.

134
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

POWER SW (range: ON/OFF)

POWER LAMP
These two discrete parameters indicate the position of the power lamp
and the power switch. The power switch will only display ON when it is
held in. The power lamp will cycle ON and OFF each time the switch is
depressed.

POWERTRAIN LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameters displays the status of the powertrain, or check
engine lamp (also known as the MIL or malfunction indicator lamp). With
the ignition on and the engine off it will indicate ON, with the engine
running and with no faults detected by the ECM/PCM.

PRE-DLVRY ENABL___XX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the BCM or Alarm module Pre-Delivery status.
The modules are in Pre-Delivery status when shipped from the factory.

PRE INJECTION QUANITITY (mm3)

Indicates the amount of fuel is injected or the volume of fuel injected
during the pre-injection in cubic millimeters.

PRESS CONTROL(%)______XXX (range: zero to 100%)

PCS DUTY CYCLE(%)______XXX
This parameter displays the PCM commanded pulse-width-modulated
(PWM)/ Duty cycle signal to the pressure control solenoid. Zero (0%)
indicates that the valve is not energized, while 100% indicates that the
valve is continuously energized.

PRESS HIGH (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the pressure in the master
cylinder is high. If the pressure is too high it will affect ABS operation.

PRESS LOW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the pressure in the master
cylinder is low. If the pressure is too low it will affect ABS operation.

PRESS SOL(mA)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the amperage of the pressure control solenoid
by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control line pressure
in the transmission.

135
Alphabetical List of Parameters

PRET. DEPLOYED_____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays whether the seatbelt pretensioners have been
deployed or not. If this parameter displays YES the SRS module must be
replaced, this parameter cannot be cleared to read NO any other way.

PRIMARY CTL (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter indicates the engine ECU control of the primary
ignition system.

PRNDL SW_______XXXX (range: see text below)

PRNDL SELECT___XXXX
On vehicles with electronic transmissions, this parameter displays the
signal from the park/neutral switch. The parameter displays the gear
presently engaged. The readings for this parameter are: LOW, 2ND,
3RD, 4TH, P/N and REV. The reading can be ???? between gears or
when the signal is invalid.

PROGRAM SW (range: ON/OFF)

SPORT LAMP
These discrete parameters indicate the position of the program switch
(located on top of the gear lever) and whether the transmission ECU is
in SPORT mode. With the vehicle running and D selected the sport lamp
should switch ON and OFF as the program switch is toggled. The
program switch will only indicate ON while it is held down.

NOTE: While a scan tool is connected and communicating to the

transmission ECU the SPORT lamp will flash and may not respond to
operator inputs.

PROG.TRNSMITRS____XXX (range: see text)

This parameter displays how many remote transmitters are programmed
into the BEM.

136
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

PROM ID_______XXXXX (range: 0 to 99999)

This parameters gives the identification numbers of the programmable
readonly memory (PROM) installed in the ECU. The PROM is a
replaceable electronic device that contains the operating program
and calibration values for a specific vehicle, engine, and accessory
combination. PROM’s are often revised and new PROM’s are issued to
cure a driveability problem or otherwise improve operation. Because
PROM’s are interchangeable, it is possible for the wrong or outdated
PROM to be installed. PROM ID may be a 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-digit number,
depending on vehicle year and model. Check the PROM ID against the
carmaker’s specifications to determine if the correct one is installed.
Some service manuals for late-model vehicles refer to the PROM as the
MEMCAL because it contains both memory and calibration functions.

P/S PRESS SW___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

HI PS PRESS___XXX
PWR STEER SW_____XXX
PwrStrPrs SW______XXX
This discrete parameter indicates the status of the power steering
pressure switch. This parameter reads OFF when the steering wheel
directs the wheels straight ahead. This parameter reads ON when the
steering wheel is turned or held turned in either direction. Turning the
steering wheel builds pressure in the power steering system.

PULSE GEN-A___XXXX (range: 0 to engine maximum rpm)

PULSE GEN-B___XXXX (range: 0 to 9690 rpm)
Two pulse generators installed on the top of the transaxle send input
and output shaft speed signals to the transaxle controller. PULSE GEN-
A___ represents the input shaft speed, while PULSE GEN-B represents
the output shaft speed. The controller uses these two signals to control
shift pattern and hydraulic pressure during shifting. Pulse generator A
is activated by holes in the kickdown drum. Therefore, generator A will
not pulse when the kickdown drum is held stationary (in 2nd gear or 4th
gear).

PUMP_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the ABS pump. The pump will remain
inactive until the ABS is operated.

137
Alphabetical List of Parameters

PUMP MONITOR___XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the pump within the ABS hydraulic
unit, whether it is on or off. This parameter is the feedback from the
pump to indicate to the ABS module whether the pump is operating or
not as required by the ABS module.

PUMP RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter shows the ABS ECU command to the ABS
hydraulic pump relay. ON means the relay is being energised on and
OFF means the it is not being energised.

PUMP RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

FUEL PUMP RELAY
These parameters displays the PCM command to the fuel pump relay.
ON means the PCM has commanded the relay contacts closed.

PUMP RPM ______XXXX (range: see below)

This parameter displays the RPM, as calculated by the PCM, of the
diesel injection pump. The speed of the injection pump is half that of
engine RPM.

PUMP(V)__XXX
This analog parameter indicates the voltage signal to the ABS pump.

PURGE DUTY(%) (range 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the duty cycle of the purge solenoid as
commanded by the ECU. A reading of 0 indicates the solenoid is
blocking any purging.

PURGE PWM (%)___XX.X (range: 0 to 100%)

FUEL VENT (%)
A signal is used to control EVAP canister purge. 0% is fully closed, 100%
is fully open.

PURGE SOL (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the PCM command to the Vacuum Switching
Valve (VSV) or solenoid that controls the evaporative emission (EVAP)
purge valve. If the EVAP system operates properly, ON means the
system is currently purging.

138
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

PURGE VOL SOL(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates at what percentage the purge volume control
valve is purging. The valve regulates the amount of airflow through the
evaporative emissions canister while purging.

PURGE VOL(STPS) (range: 0 to 65)

This parameter indicates the position of the purge volume control valve
stepper-motor. The valve regulates the amount of airflow through the
evaporative emissions canister while purging. As the stepper-motor
count increases, canister airflow increases. During heavy load, expect a
high stepper-motor count; during warm idle expect a low count.

PURGE VSV (range: ON/OFF)

PURGE SOL EVAP SOLENOID
These parameters indicate the PCM command status for the vacuum
switching valve (VSV) or solenoid that controls the evaporative emission
(EVAP) purge valve. If the EVAP system operates properly, ON means
the system is currently purging.

PWM #1(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

PWM #2(%)______XXX
These parameters indicate the duty cycle level of illumination of the
instrument control displays when the park-lamp switch is switched ON.
100 percent is full brightness, as the percentage decreases so should
the brightness of the instrument panel backlights. This reading will
remain fixed on models not using the variable illumination.

PWR/ECON SW___XXXX (range: PWR/ECON)

P/E/HOLD SW___XXXX (range: PWR/ECON/HOLD)
The parameters indicate the position of the power economy shift pattern.
The display should toggle to agree with the current switch position.
When the switch is in the economy position, the transmission shift
pattern is altered to economize fuel consumption.

PWR STEER SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the status of the power steering switch.
In a correctly functioning system it will read ON while the steering wheel
is being turned and the power steering pump is placing a load on the
engine. It will read OFF at all other times.

139
Alphabetical List of Parameters

R AMOUNT (MG/STK)_____X.X (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the amount of diesel fuel that has been
requested under current operating conditions. The reading is in
milligrams per stroke.

RANGE A (VOLTS)_______XXXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

RANGE B (VOLTS)_______XXXX (range: 12/0)
RANGE C (VOLTS)_______XXXX
Five pressure switches are used to indicate the transmission valve
range. Various fluid pressures are fed from the manual valve to five,
normally open, pressure switches. These pressure switches determine
the digital logic at electrical pins A, B and C (4L80E) or N, R, and P
(4L60E) in the transmission module 3-pin connector. The module
uses this information for line pressure, TCC, and solenoid control. For
example, the switch states for the various gears are:
Range
Gear A or N B or R C or P
PARK OPEN CLSD OPEN
REV CLSD CLSD OPEN
NEUT OPEN CLSD OPEN
4TH OPEN CLSD CLSD
3RD OPEN OPEN CLSD
2ND OPEN OPEN OPEN
1ST CLSD OPEN OPEN
FAULT CLSD OPEN CLSD
FAULT CLSD CLSD CLSD

REAR LAMP FAIL____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter applies to Berlina, Calais, Statesman and Monaro. It
displays the status of the rear lamp fail warning lamp or LCD warning.
The rear lamp fail warning lamp is activated by the instrument panel
when a tail light or brake light globe failure has occurred.

READ MEM SIG (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the read memory connectors
have been connected together. During normal vehicle operation this
should be OFF, if the connector is connected the parameter will indicate
ON. The connector will place the ECU into a special test mode that will
affect normal vehicle operation. See the Subaru section in this reference
manual for further information.

140
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

REAR DEFOG (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the input status for the rear window
defog switch to the engine ECU. ON indicates the switch is on and OFF
indicates the switch is off.

RearDefRly_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the rear
window defroster relay. ON means the GEM is commanding the relay
solenoid to energise, closing the relay contacts.

RearDefSw_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the driver-operated rear
window defroster switch. ON means the rear window defroster switch
contacts are closed.

REAR DEMIST____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

These discrete parameters indicate the status of the front demist switch
and the rear demist switch. When a switch is held down the reading will
change from OFF to ON and when the switch is released it will revert
back to OFF.

REAR O2S (range: 0 to 1.275)

This analog parameter displays the voltage output of the rear oxygen
sensor. See O2S sensors in the main Hyundai etc reference manual for
more information.

RearPosSense _XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the rear windshield wiper is
the PARK position. YES means the wiper is in the PARK position.

RearWasher_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the rear
window washer. When the system functions properly, ON means the
washer should be applying fluid to the rear window.

RearWiper_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status for the rear
window wiper. When the system functions properly, ON means the rear
wiper should be moving.

141
Alphabetical List of Parameters

RearWiperDn_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

RearWiperUp_XXX
These parameters indicate the GEM command status to move the rear
wiper arm down or up. When the system functions properly,
RearWiperDN_ON means the rear wiper should be down to its home
position and RearWiper_UP_ON means the rear wiper should be moving
up.

RECIRC SOL_____XXX (range: OFF/ON)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the air re-circulation control
solenoid is ON or OFF. When re-circulation mode is selected the
parameter should read ON, otherwise it should read OFF.

RECIRC SW_____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the re-circulation switch.
When the switch is held down the reading will change from OFF to ON
and when the switch is released it will revert back to OFF.

RECRC DR ACT_____XXX (range: )

RECRC DR TGT_____XXX
This parameter indicates the commanded position of the re-circulation
door.
Display Recirc Door Position
CLSD closed
OPEN open
MVNG moving
PARK door in park position

REDUCED POWER (range: ACTIVE/INACTIVE)

This parameter indicates whether the PCM is receiving a signal from the
TAC module that a throttle actuator control system fault is occurring.
REDUCED POWER reads as follows:
• ACTIVE if a fault occurs and the PCM limits the engine power.
• INACTIVE under normal conditions.

REF (V)_____XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5)

This parameter indicates battery voltage at the Air Conditioning module.

REMOTE BOOT SIGNAL___XX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter shows whether the BCM has received a signal from the
key remote requesting the boot to be unlocked. NO means no signal
has been received and YES means the signal has been received.

142
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

REMOTE KEY NUMBER___XX (range: 0 to 31)

This parameter shows the BCM number assigned to the remote key
currently being used. It displays the number of the last key used and will
change if another key assigned to the BCM is used. The BCM can have
up to 31 keys assigned to it.

RESTART CLSD LP____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether the system has gone into closed loop.

REQ INJ BEGIN______X.X (range: unknown)

This analog parameter indicates the moment of diesel injection advance
requested (REQ INJ BEGIN) by the PCM in crankshaft degrees.

REQ TORQUE (Nm) (range: 0 to 215)

This analog parameter displays the engine torque requested by the
ABS/Traction Control module, if fitted. This parameter will be displayed
even if traction control is not fitted to the vehicle.

REQUESTED TORQUE (Nm)__XX (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the delivery torque the ABS/ETC is requesting
from the engine.

REV (range: N/A)

This analog parameter displays the revision number of the software in
the airbag control module.

REV POS SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

REV SELECTED
This discrete parameter indicates whether the contacts to the reverse
position switch are closed or open. On a properly functioning vehicle,
ON means the switch contacts are closed and the vehicle is in reverse.

RevSel_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the gear selector is in reverse. ON
means the gear selector is in reverse.

143
Alphabetical List of Parameters

RF HOL SOL (range: ON/OFF)

LF HOL SOL
RR HOL SOL
LR HOL SOL
These discrete parameters display the commanded position of the hold
solenoids for each of the four wheels hydraulic circuits. The hold
solenoids hold pressure in the circuit allowing the wheel to rotate.

RF_PwrWndnw_XXXX (range: ENABLE/DISABLE)

The right front window has a one touch down feature. ENABLE means
that this feature should be currently winding the window down.

RF REL SOL (range: ON/OFF)

LF REL SOL RR REL SOL
LR REL SOL
These discrete parameters display the commanded position of the
release solenoids for each of the four wheels hydraulic circuits. The
release solenoids release pressure from the circuit allowing the wheel to
rotate.

RF WNDW AUTO DN______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the Auto Down state for the left hand front door
window whether it is.

RFWindowDn_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the GEM command status for the right front
window to wind down. If the system is functioning properly, YES means
the window is winding down.

RFWindowMotr(A)_XX (range: 0 to 64)

This parameter displays the amount of current flowing through the right
front window motor during use.

RFWindwPeak(A)_XX (range: 0 to 64)

This parameter displays the maximum amount of current drawn by the
right front motor after use.

RF WNDW UP SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

RF WNDW DN SW
This parameter shows the state of the power window switch for the left
hand front door whether it is in the UP or DOWN position.

144
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

RIGHT SOURCE BUTTON

This parameter indicates whether the steering wheel right hand scroll
wheel is being turned or not.

RON CODING (V) (range: 0 to 5.1)

OCTANE NO. (range: 0 to 255)
This analog parameter displays the fuel type (RON) type it is set for. The
voltage or number corresponds to a preset ECU value indicating
what fuel type is selected. This is determined internally in the ECU or
externally by a connector with a two way plug. The connector is usually
located under the bonnet.

RPM DSD_XXXX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays the desired engine idle RPM for the current
conditions.

RPM-F (range: 0 to 2550)

This analog parameter is a measurement of the idle speed the engine is
trying to maintain. “-F” notes that it is a “reFerence” RPM reading. If
there is a large difference between actual RPM and RPM-F, the ECU may
have reached its control limit without being able to control idle speed.
This may be due to a basic mechanical or electrical problem with the
engine.

RPM_XXXX (range: 0 to engine maximum)

ENGINE RPM_XXXX
ENG RPM____XXXX
CRANK A SENSOR
RPM is the measurement of engine speed and is always shown at the
left of the top line on the Scanner display. RPM is computed internally
by the ECU, based on reference pulses from the ignition system or a
crankshaft sensor.

RR DMIST RLY_____XXX (range: OFF/ON)

This parameter indicates the status of the rear window demister
relay. ON indicates the relay is energised and the demister should be
operating.

RR O2 HTR (V) (range 0 to 5.00)

This analog parameter displays the ECU command voltage to the rear
oxygen sensor heater.

145
Alphabetical List of Parameters

RR O2S RICH (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the rich or lean status of the rear oxygen
sensor. ON indicates a rich mixture and OFF indicates a lean mixture.

RR WHEEL (range: see text)

This automatic transmission parameter indicates the vehicle speed in
km/h. It uses the rear (RR) ABS wheel speed sensor as input to the auto
trans ECU.

RUN TIME(SEC)_XXX (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter indicates the time in seconds that the engine has been
running for since the last start-up. The timer runs from 0 to 255 seconds
and then resets to 0, it does not measure total engine running time. The
timer can be used to measure how long the engine took to reach closed
loop status, or how quickly a certain temperature is reached. This
parameter may not appear to count at a constant rate this is due to the
vehicle rate of update of the information.

S/C TARGET(MPH)___XXX (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

S/C TARGET(KPH)___XXX
This parameter indicates the speed at which the cruise control is set by
the driver. You can change measurement units on the Scanner from the
CUSTOM SETUP menu.

S/C VAC SOL___XXXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

S/C VENT SOL___XXXX
The PCM sends output commands to the speed control (S/C) vacuum
and vent solenoids to control the cruise control servo. The S/C VAC SOL
and S/C VENT SOL readings should read ON whenever the solenoids
are energized to increase or to vent vacuum. The S/C VAC SOL and S/C
VENT SOL readings usually have the following relationships with throttle
position control:
THROTTLE
S/C VAC SOL S/C VENT SOL POSITION
ON OFF Accelerate
ON or OFF ON Decelerate
OFF OFF Steady

146
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

SCCS_XXXXXX (range: see below)

This parameter indicates the position of the driver-operated speed
control switch (SCCS) mounted on the steering wheel. The SCCS
parameter can display several range states according to which SCCS
button is depressed:
OFF COAST ACCEL RESUME ON
Two hyphens (– –), the default range state, indicate that none of the
speed control switch buttons are depressed.

SCCS(V)_XX.XX (range: 0 to 10.00)

This parameter indicates speed control command switch (SCCS)
voltage.

SCSV-1 (range: ON/OFF)

SCSV-2
These parameters display the PCM/TCM command to the shift control
solenoids 1 and 2. In a correctly operating transmission ON indicates
the solenoid is on and OFF indicates the solenoid is off.

SEAT BELT____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

PASS BELT____XXX
This parameter displays the status of the seat belt warning lamp or LCD
warning. It is controlled by the instrument panel and will flash when the
ignition is first turned ON for a certain period of time.

SeatBeltLamp_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status to the dash
mounted seat belt lamp indicator. ON means the GEM has commanded
the lamp to light.

Secondary Air System Monitor (AIR) — Monitors the function of the

secondary air system, and tests the ability of the AIR system to inject air
into the exhaust. This monitor relies on O2 sensor feedback to determine
the presence of air flow. Inputs from the ECT, IAT, and CKP sensors, and
the O2 sensor monitor are required to enable the AIR monitor.

SECURITY LED_____XX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the dash mounted security LED.
OFF means the LED is off and ON means the LED is ON. The LED may
switch from off to on quite quickly and may not always register on the
SCANNER screen.

147
Alphabetical List of Parameters

SELECTOR A
SELECTOR B
SELECTOR C
SELECTOR D (range: ON/OFF)
These discrete parameters indicate the ON/OFF condition of the selector
switches. They are used to determine the position of the gear selector
lever.

SELF DIAG LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

On vehicles with a Powershift Lamp this parameter may indicate the
presence of a transmission diagnostic trouble code and the status of the
Powershift Lamp. ON means either a transmission DTC has set or the
PowerShift Lamp is on or both. OFF means that no transmission codes
have set and that the PowerShift Lamp is extinguished.

On vehicles equipped with an O/D OFF lamp this parameter may

indicate the presence of a transmission diagnostic trouble code and the
status of the O/D OFF lamp. ON means either a transmission DTC has
set or the O/D OFF lamp is on or both. OFF means that no transmission
codes have set and that the O/D OFF lamp is extinguished.

SERV CHK SIG (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the PCM is sensing that the
service check signal terminal has been shorted. The service check
signal terminal is the 2-pin terminal that is shorted to produce manual
code output from the PCM. OPEN indicates the terminal is not shorted
and CLSD indicates that it has been shorted.

SHIFT A(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

SHIFT B(%)______XXX
SHIFT C(%)______XXX
This analog parameter displays the duty cycle on time for the indicated
shift solenoid.

SHIFT LIGHT____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter is displayed on some late-model vehicles with manual
transmissions. It is an output command from the ECU to the instrument
panel lamp. The ECU determines whether the lamp should light based
on engine and vehicle speeds and engine load. SHIFT LIGHT____ON
means that the SHIFT lamp on the panel should be lit. If it is not, there is
a problem in the lamp circuit or with the ECU command.

148
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

SHIFT OVERRIDE (range YES/NO)

This discrete parameter shows whether the shift control solenoids have
been overridden by the TCM/PCM from their normal operation. This
usually occurs when the TCM/PCM detects a problem with shift solenoid
operation.

ShiftSol 1_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

ShiftSol 2_XXX
ShiftSol 3_XXX
ShiftSol 4_XXX
ShiftSol 5_XXX
ShiftSol 6_XXX
These parameters indicate the PCM command status for the indicated
shift solenoids. ON means the PCM has commanded the shift solenoid
to energize.

ShiftSol 1A_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

ShiftSol 2A_XXX
ShiftSol 3A_XXX
Sol 1 ACTL_XXX
Sol 2 ACTL_XXX
Sol 3 ACTL_XXX
These parameters indicate the status of the indicated shift solenoids to
the PCM. When the solenoid circuits and PCM function properly, the
PCM command parameter, such as ShiftSol1, and the feedback
parameter, such as ShiftSol1A, should simultaneously display ON or
OFF.

ShiftSol1Fault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

ShiftSol2Fault_XXX
ShiftSol3Fault_XXX
These parameters indicate the presence of a fault in a shift solenoid
circuit. YES means a fault is present.

ShiftSol 6_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM command to the shift solenoid 6. ON
means the PCM has commanded the solenoid to energise. Solenoid 6 is
used to control high or low line pressure in vehicles equipped with the
BTR automatic transmission.

149
Alphabetical List of Parameters

SHIFT SOL A (range: ON/OFF)

SHIFT SOL B
SHIFT SOL C
SOL #1
SOL #2
These discrete parameters displays the ON/OFF state of the shift
solenoids as commanded by the TCM/PCM.

Solenoid Application chart for Daewoo vehicles except Espero.

Gear 1 2 3 4
Solenoid A ON OFF OFF ON
Solenoid B ON ON OFF OFF

Solenoid application chart for Espero

Gear 1 2 3 4
Solenoid #1 OFF ON ON OFF
Solenoid #2 ON ON OFF OFF

SIM IDLE POS SW (range: ON/OFF)

SIM FULL POS SW
The ECU uses the TPS signal to calculate a simulation for the throttle
valve idle switch and throttle valve wide open switch. The ECU requires
this information for idle air control (SIM IDLE POS SW) and for full load
enrichment (SIM FULL POS SW).

SIM PART POS SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the Simulated Partial Throttle
Switch is ON or OFF. This value is calculated internally by the ECU
based on throttle position input.

SLIP RING ENBL____ XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the status of the ignition key slip ring, whether
the theft deterrent has been disabled via the slip ring.

SLN SOLENOID (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM command status for the modulated
accumulator backpressure solenoid. This solenoid assures smooth
shifting during normal shifts and lockup. If the system functions properly
ON means the PCM has energised the SLN solenoid.

150
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

SL SWITCH (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the stop light switch. ON indicates
the switch contacts are closed and the brakes are applied, OFF
indicates the switch is open and the brake pedal is not depressed.

SLT SOLENOID (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the PCM command status for the SLT solenoid.
This solenoid modulates main line pressure. If the system functions
properly ON means the PCM has energised the SLT solenoid.

SMFR (range: ON/OFF)

SMFL SMR
SPFR SPFL
SRCF SRCR
These discrete parameters display the solenoid state for the solenoids in
the hydraulic brake booster. These solenoids control the brake line
pressure in accordance to inputs to the ABS/traction control ECU’s. ON
indicates the solenoid has been commanded on and OFF indicates it is
not being commanded on.

SOL 1-2/3-4 (range: ON/OFF)

SOL 2-3
These discrete parameters indicate the whether the indicated solenoids
are being commanded ON or OFF. They do not indicate the actual
position of the solenoid valves.

Application table for Astra TR 1.6L

Gear: 1 2 3 4
Sol 1-2/3-4 OFF ON ON OFF
Sol 2-3 ON ON OFF OFF

Sol 5(mA)_XXX (range: unknown)

This parameter indicates the PCM command to the variable Pressure
Solenoid (VPS) 5. High mAmps readings indicate low line pressure and
low mAmps readings indicate high line pressure. The readings on the
Scanner may vary from the actual amperage if measured at the solenoid
due to the PCM “boosting” the reading for the scan tool. The important
part of the VPS operation is that it increases during gear shifts and when
lower line pressures are desired.

151
Alphabetical List of Parameters

SOL LOCKUP (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the ON/OFF state of the lockup
solenoid, which controls the lock up of the torque converter clutch.

SOL RELAY (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter shows the ABS ECU command to the ABS
solenoid relay. ON means the relay is being energised on and OFF
means the it is not being energised.

SPARK ADV(°)_XXX (range: -90° to +90°)

SPRKADV(°)
SPARK ADV (°) is an analog output parameter from the PCM that
indicates the total spark advance or retard being commanded by the
PCM, including base timing.

SPARK CTRL RET____XXX (range: YES/NO)

SPARK CTRL ADV____XXX
This parameter indicates whether the vehicle control module (VCM) is
commanding spark retard (RET) or advance (ADV).

SPDO GAUGE (KPH)_____XX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays vehicle speed as displayed by the instrument
panel. It should read the same as the indicated speed on the
speedomoter.

SpdSensWipr_XXX (range: ENABLE/DISABLE)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the windshield wiper
mode that makes wiper motion speed sensitive. When the system
functions properly, ENABLE means the wiper motion speed increases
and decreases with vehicle speed.

SPILL V (°CA) (range: 0 to 95)

This parameter displays the spill timing before top dead centre.

SPORTS SEL (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the whether the transmission gear lever is
placed into the sports mode gate. ON indicates it is in “sports” mode
position and should read OFF in all other positions.

152
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

SPORTS UP (range: ON/OFF)

SPORTS DN
These two parameters indicate whether the transmission gear lever has
been placed into up-shift (SPORTS UP) position or downshift (SPORTS
DN) position.

SRS_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the SRS airbag warning lamp or
LCD warning. The lamp will be ON for a short period when the ignition
is first turned ON as a check to ensure the lamp is operating and while
the airbag SDM (Sensing Diagnostic Module) is carrying out a system
diagnostic. The lamp will illuminate when requested to by the airbag
SDM or if communication with the airbag SDM is interrupted.

SRS LAMP______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the current state of the SRS module’s warning
lamp internal driver. The lamp may not be illuminated on the dash but
the SRS module is trying to switch it on if the parameter is displaying ON
and the lamp is off. The warning lamp is usually located in the
instrument panel. The warning lamp may be on while the SCANNER is
communicating with the vehicle - this is normal for some SRS systems
and does not indicate a fault is present.

ST ALPHA(%)____XXX (range: 0 to 200%)

ST ALPHA B2(%)____XXX
The ST ALPHA(%) percentages represent the operation and short-term
correction of the fuel-metering for a fuel-injected engine. These
percentages also indicate whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a
lean mixture. ST ALPHA(%) relies on the oxygen sensor (O2S) installed
in bank 1, that bank where the number 1 cylinder is located. ST ALPHA
B2(%) relies on the O2S installed in bank 2, that bank opposite to the
bank where the number 1 cylinder is located. The ST ALPHA(%) number
can range from 0% to 200% with 100% as the midpoint. At 100% the
PCM is not adjusting the injector pulse width or the engine is running
in a fail-safe mode. At a percentage above 100, the engine is running
lean while the PCM is commanding a short-term rich mixture correction.
At a percentage below 100, the engine is running rich while the PCM is
commanding a short-term lean mixture correction.

153
Alphabetical List of Parameters

START CLNT (°C)_____XXX (range: -40 to 199)

START CLNT (°F)_____XXX (range: -40 to 389)
On some vehicles, the ECU checks the coolant temperature sensor
(CTS) reading at the moment the ECU is turned on. The ECU then
stores this reading in memory until the next time the engine is stopped
and restarted. If the engine has not run for several hours, the coolant
temperature may be close to ambient air temperature. It will be much
higher in the case of a hot restart.

Compare the START CLNT reading to the coolant temperature reading

immediately after startup. With a cold engine the two readings should be
equal. The coolant temperature reading should rise as the engine warms
up. The START CLNT reading should not. If both readings stay the
same, there is a problem in the sensor circuit.

START ENABL_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the theft deterrent system as to
whether the engine is enabled to start. ON indicates it is enabled to start
and OFF indicates it is not enabled. Note that this parameter will read
OFF once the engine is running.

START ENRICH (range: ON/OFF)

WARMUP ENRICH
These discreet parameters indicate the ECU control status (mode) of the
fuel injection system. During either of these modes, the ECU monitors
ignition, water and air temperature, airflow, TPS, and O2 sensor data to
control injection pulse width, timing and idle speed.

STARTER___XXX (range: ON/OFF)

STA SIGNAL
This parameter indicates when the starter is engaged (engine cranking).
The ECU increases fuel-injection volume during engine cranking.

STARTER RELAY________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the starter relay. OFF means the
theft deterrent system has disabled the relay so the vehicle cannot be
started, ON means the theft deterrent system has enabled the relay so
the vehicle can be started.

START SIGNAL (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the starter motor signal to the
ECU, when it displays ON the ECU will modify the amount of fuel
injected.
154
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

STATUS B1_XXXXXXXX (range: see below)

This parameter indicates the operating status of fuel bank 1. Readings
can be CL (closed-loop), OL (open-loop), OL DRIVE, OL FAULT, and CL
FAULT.

STD LAST ADAPT (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the last gear change was an
adaptive shift or standard. YES indicates that the adaptive function was
active and NO indicated that the shift was standard.

STFT DELTA (%)___XXX (range: 0 to 100%)

LTFT DELTA (%)___XXX
This is the difference in % of STFT/LTFT counts for each bank.

STOP LAMP (Ma)_______XXX (range: see text)

This analogue parameter displays the amperage draw of the stop lamps
when ever they are used (when the brakes are applied). When the brake
lamps are off the reading should be 0 (milliamps), when the brake pedal
is depressed and the lamps are on the reading should be approximately
2100 milliamps (2.1 Amps).

STOP LMP FAIL____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

STOP LMP FUSE­­­­­___XXX
This parameter displays the status of the stop lamp fail warning. The
stop lamp fail warning is activated by the instrument panel when a brake
light globe or fuse failure has occurred.

STOP SW________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the stop switch. When the switch is
off the parameter displays OFF, when the switch is on the display shows
ON. The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

STR CLM VOL UP________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

STR CLM VOL DN
STR CLM VOL MD
These parameters display the input state of the steering column audio
switches to the audio system.
STR CLM VOL UP will display ON when the steering column volume up
switch is depressed and OFF at other times.
STR CLM VOL DN will display ON when the steering column volume
down switch is depressed and OFF at other times.
STR CLM VOL MD will display ON when the steering column mode
switch is depressed and OFF at other times.
155
Alphabetical List of Parameters

STS LAMP________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the command state of the service throttle soon
(STS) lamp.

ST TRIM B1(%)___XXX (range: -20% to +20%)

ST TRIM B2(%)___XXX ST TRIM(%)___XXX
The short-term fuel trim (ST TRIM) numbers represent the operation and
short-term correction of the fuel-metering for a fuel-injected engine. The
ST TRIM numbers indicate whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a
lean mixture.

Similar to long-term fuel trim (LT TRIM), the ST TRIM number can range
from -20% to +20% with 000% as the midpoint. A number above zero
percent indicates that the PCM has commanded a short-term rich
mixture correction. A number below zero percent indicates that the PCM
is commanding a lean mixture.

The ST TRIM numbers lead the long-term trim (LT TRIM) numbers. When
a pattern or trend of short-term corrections to fuel-metering occur, LT
TRIM responds with a similar correction.

You can compare ST TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above

zero indicate increased on-time, while numbers below zero indicate
decreased on-time. LT TRIM corrections operate only in closed loop. In
open loop they revert to a fixed value.

ST TRM AVG1 %______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

ST TRM AVG2 %______XXX
These parameters indicate the average of the Short Term fuel trim cells.
The cells are rated for the amount they are used, values around idle are
worth more than extreme values, eg full rich during acceleration. So
malfunctions in the idle range will affect the average more than
malfunctions in the extreme ranges.

A negative percentage indicates that O2S feedback shows a rich

condition so the PCM is commanding a lean mixture. A positive
percentage indicates that O2S feedback shows a lean condition so
the PCM is commanding a rich mixture. The numbers indicate cylinder
bank 1 or cylinder bank 2. When the average of the cells reaches a
predetermined high or low value a DTC will be set.

156
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

SUNLOAD____XXX (range: unknown)

This parameter displays in steps the current sunload as measured by
the sunload sensor. The sunload sensor is usually located on top of the
dash board.

SUP. KEY CODES____XXX (range: see text)

This parameter displays how many remote keys are recognised by the
BEM.

SVS LAMP (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the commanded status of the Service
Vehicle Soon (SVS) lamp.

SWRL CON S/V1 (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the control module command to the
swirl control solenoid valve.

SYNC_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the CaMshaft Position (CMP)
sensor and the CranKshaft Postion (CKP) sensor are synchronised.

SYSTEM STAT____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the operational status of the ECC
system. ON indicates the system is on and operating, OFF indicates the
system is off.

SYSTEM (V)_______XX.X (range: vehicle voltage)

This parameter displays the system input voltage to the SRS module.
The input voltage needs to above 9 volts and below 17 volts or a DTC
may be set.

TAIL LAMP (Ma)_______XXX (range: see text)

This analogue parameter displays the amperage draw of the tail lamps
when ever they are used (when the lights are switched on). When the tail
lamps are off the reading should be 0 (milliamps), when the tail lamps
are on the reading should be approximately 320 milliamps (0.32 Amps).

TANK TEMP(°C) (range: -30° to 224°C)

TANK TEMP(°F) (range: -22° to 435°C)
This parameter indicates the fuel temperature within the fuel tank. The
PCM uses this parameter to accurately test and monitor the evaporative
emissions system.

157
Alphabetical List of Parameters

TARG.MAF(mg/T)
This analog parameter displays the target amount of air expected at idle.
It is measured in milligrams over time.

TARGET SPD (range: 0 to vehicle max)

This parameter is for vehicles equipped with cruise control. The value
shown is the current speed (in km/h or MPH) at which the cruise control
has been set at.

TANK SNSR (V) (range: 0 to 10)

This parameter displays the voltage signal from the fuel tank sensor to
the ECU.

TCCA_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter stands for torque converter clutch —actual state. It
represents a feedback signal to the PCM indicating the status of the
torque converter clutch. When the system functions properly, both the
TCC SOL and TCCA parameters should simultaneously display ON or
OFF.

TCC BRAKE SW (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the brake switch is being
pressed or released. The TCM/PCM uses this information to control the
TCC application.

TCC COMMAND____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

SLU SOLENOID
TCC SOLENOID
This discrete parameter indicates the state of the PCM signal to the
torque converter clutch (TCC). ON indicates the ECU has commanded
the TCC to engage. OFF indicates the opposite. TCC engagement
(lockup) depends on gear selection, speed, engine temperature and
throttle position. The ECU grounds one side of the circuit that energizes
the TCC solenoid. The circuit also must be completed by various
transmission, speed, and brake switches to open the transmission
hydraulic line and engage the TCC. Refer to TCC GROUNDED for more
information.

TCC DUTY (%) (range 0 to 100)

TCC SOL (%)
TCC(%)_XXX
This parameter shows the commanded duty cycle of the torque
converter lock up clutch pressure control solenoid.
158
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

TCC ENABLED___XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether the TCC solenoid has been enabled
by the PCM.

TCCFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates the presence of a fault in the torque converter
clutch circuit. YES means a fault is present.

TCC FDBK____XXX (range: OFF(OPEN)/ON(CLOSED))

The SCANNER may display the value as TCC FEEDBACK (FDBK) and
this represents the true electrical state of the solenoid and circuit.

TCC GROUNDED____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter is available on vehicles that have TCC solenoid voltage
available at pin F of the ALDL connector. Because this parameter is not
part of the serial data list, it will not appear in a data movie. The Scanner
interprets the voltage at pin F as follows: no voltage (circuit closed to
ground) equals an ON signal, high voltage (circuit open) equals an OFF
signal. If pin F is not present or is open, the parameter will continuously
read ON. ON indicates that the ECU has grounded its side of the
circuit; it does not indicate that the circuit is complete. The circuit is not
complete until all other switches in series are closed. This parameter is
most useful to ensure that the ECU is not at fault when the TCC solenoid
does not energize.

TCC OVERRIDE (range YES/NO)

This discrete parameter shows whether the torque converter control
solenoid has been overridden by the TCM/PCM from its normal
operation. This is usually done when a problem has been detected with
the TCC by the TCM/PCM.

TCC PWM ENABLED____XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter is the commanded state of the TCC pulse width
modulation solenoid. ON indicates the TCC PWM is being commanded
ON and OFF when it is not ON.

TCC PWM SOL(%)____XXX (range: 0 to 100 percent)

The TCC PWM SOL percentage should read 100% when the solenoid
valve is fully open to vent TCC pressure (TCC fully unlocked). The
reading should be 0% when the solenoid valve is fully closed to hold
pressure on the TCC (no venting, TCC fully locked). The readings
should change steadily between 100% and 0% as the TCC engages and
disengages.
159
Alphabetical List of Parameters

TCC RELEASED (range: YES/NO)

TCC LOCKED ON
These two discrete parameters indicate whether the torque converter
clutch is released or locked on as commanded by the TCM/PCM.

TCC SLIP(RPM)____XXX (range: +254 to -256 rpm)

TRANS SLIP(RPM)__XXX
This analog parameter indicates the difference between engine rpm and
converter turbine rpm as the torque converter clutch engages and
disengages. Engine rpm is the speed of the TCC input (impeller) vanes;
transmission rpm is the speed of the converter output turbine (input
shaft).

TCC SOL (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the amount the torque converter clutch is
applied via the solenoid. 0 is no application and 100 is maximum
application.

TCILFault_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates whether or not a fault has occurred in the
Transmission Control Indicator Lamp circuit.

TCV CUTY (%) — No description available.

TDC OFFSET(°)____X.XX (range: -4.00° to 4.00°)

This indicates the amount of offset needed to bring the engine up to
topdead-centre. It is used to calculate injection timing and delivery.

TEMP GAUGE (%)_____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the temperature gauge reading on the
instrument panel 0 percent is an cold and 100 percent is hot. The
percentage reading should be consistent with the instrument panel fuel
gauge display.

TEMP KNOB POS(%)______XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the percentage position of the temperature
control knob. 0% is cold and 100% is hot.

TEST MODE (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the test mode for the ABS has
been activated or not. ON means it is activated and NO means it is in
normal operating condition.

160
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

TEST MODE SIG (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the test mode connectors
have been connected together. During normal vehicle operation this
should be OFF, if the connector is connected the parameter will indicate
ON. This connector will place the ECU into a special test mode that will
affect normal vehicle operation. See the Subaru section in this reference
manual for further information.

TFT=TOT(V)_X.XX (range: zero to 5.10 volts)

This analog parameter indicates the transmission fluid temperature
(TFT), sometimes referred to by Ford as the transmission oil temperature
(TOT). The transmission fluid temperature sensor is a thermistor that
changes resistance in response to temperature changes. The sensor
resistance decreases as the fluid temperature increases. The resistance
variation is converted into a voltage signal to the PCM. Typical operating
range is from 0.60-volts at 90° C (194° F) to 3.88-volts at 0° C (32° F).

TGV DRIVE (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the ECU has switched the
tumble generated valves drive ON or OFF.

TGV OUTPUT (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the ECU has allowed the
operation of the tumble generated valves.

TGV POS-L (V) (range: 0 to 5.1)

TGV POS-R (V)
These analog parameters display the position of the tumble generated
valves for the left inlet manifold and the right inlet manifold. These
valves are used to control the inlet mixture on some vehicles. They will
read approx 5 volts at key on engine off; and a about 0 to 1 volt at idle.
The readings will vary as the vehicle is driven at various speeds and
loads.

TGT EGR (%)

This analog parameter displays the TarGeT EGR percentage opening
commanded by the PCM.

THEFT DET________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the theft deterrent system. OFF
means the theft deterrent system is and has enabled the PCM to be able
start the vehicle.

161
Alphabetical List of Parameters

THEFT DET. STATUS_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the Theft Deterent System. ON is
OK to Start. OFF is No Start.

THEFT-NO START________XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the status of the theft deterrent system. YES
means the theft deterrent system has determined a theft situation and
disabled the PCM and the vehicle cannot be started.

THROT CNTL(V) (range: 0 to 5)

This analog parameter displays the command signal issued by the ECU
to the throttle position motor.

THROT RLY A (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the control module command to the
throttle relay A.

THROT STEPS (range: 0 to 255)

This analog parameter displays in steps the opening of the throttle by
the diesel ECU. The throttle position step is determined by inputs to the
diesel ECU, coolant temperature, accelerator pedal position, engine
RPM, etc.

THROTTLE (°)___XX.X (range: -9.8° to 90.0°)

THROTTLE (%)___XXX (range: 0% to 100%)
These analog parameters are values calculated by the ECU from throttle
position sensor (TPS) voltage. They are displayed on many vehicles to
indicate the amount of throttle opening.

Some vehicles display these values as degrees. THROTTLE(°) __82 or

more indicates wide-open throttle. Closed-throttle readings will vary
because of the idle speed control (ISC) motor position and throttle body
adjustments.

All other vehicles that display this parameter show it as a percentage

from 0 to 100. The THROTTLE(%) parameter usually appears on a car
with an autoranging TPS. The ECU resets the 0 to 100 percent range in
relation to TPS voltage as new minimum and maximum TPS voltages are
sensed by the system.

162
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

THROTTLE SW___XXXX (range: CLSD/OPEN)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the throttle switch
inside the idle speed control (ISC) motor. THROTTLE SW__CLSD
indicates that the throttle is closed and the engine should be at idle
speed (TPS should be less than 20°). THROTTLE SW__OPEN indicates
that the engine is off idle (TPS should be more than 20°).

TIME________XXXX:XX (range: 0 to 1092:15) [18 hrs]

TIME ON___XXXX:XX
On some late-model vehicles, the ECU continuously records minutes
and seconds of engine running time, and the Scanner displays this as
TIME. TIME is zero whenever the engine is not running. The Scanner will
display TIME up to 1092 minutes and 15 seconds (over 18 hours). This
feature can help you to isolate intermittent driveability problems that
may occur within a time period after vehicle startup or after reaching
cruising speed, for example.

TIMING (°BTDC) (range: -90° to +90°)

TIME ON (HOURS)____XX.XX (range: 0 to 21.25)
This discrete parameter indicates the length of time since the PCM set
the first airbag diagnostic trouble code.

TIPTRONIC MODE SW Range: On/Off

Indicates the mode of the transmission Tiptronic mode switch in the
automatic transmission lever.

TORQUE CONTROL (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter shows the status of the torque control strategy
used by the transmission ECU. During gear changes under hard
acceleration this parameter should indicate ON, otherwise it will show
OFF.

TORQUE CONTROL (range: ON/OFF)

If pre-ignition (knocking) occurs during a gear change, this parameter
signals the ECU to decrease the engine torque by retarding timing.

TORQ CNTL SIG #1 (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays whether torque control strategies are
being enabled by the ECU. It is based on inputs from other sensors or
systems.

163
Alphabetical List of Parameters

TORQ PERM (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of torque control system,
whether permission is given for engine torque control or not. ON
indicates permission is given and OFF indicates permission denied.

TOTAL ECT OVERTEMP EVENTS (range: 0 to 255)

Displays the number of times the engine has been over temperature due
to engine coolant temperature related events.

TOTAL FUEL OVERSPEED EVENTS (range: 0 to 255)

Displays the number of times the engine has been overspeed due to
fueling related events.

TOTAL FUEL OVERTEMP EVENTS (range: 0 to 255)

Displays the number of times the engine has been over temperature due
to engine fueling related events.

TOTAL IAT OVERTEMP EVENTS (range: 0 to 255)

Displays the number of times the engine has been over temperature due
to engine intake air temperature related events.

TP/SHFT DN REQ (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the downshift request from the TAP Shift
System and reads as follows:
• YES when the amount of voltage measured at the remote shift
selector input is equivalent to the voltage defined as a downshift
request.
• NO when downshift is not currently requested.

TP/SHFT UP REQ (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the upshift request from the TAP Shift System
and displays as follows:
• YES when the amount of voltage measured at the remote shift
selector input is equivalent to the voltage defined as an upshift
request.
• NO when upshift is not currently requested.

164
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

TP MODE_XXX (range: see below)

ThrPosMODE_XXX
This parameter is internally calculated by the PCM, based on the throttle
position sensor voltage signal. At idle or during deceleration this
parameter should read C/T (closed throttle). At cruise or during
moderate acceleration this parameter should read P/T (part throttle). At
de-choke on crank, A/C cutout, or during maximum acceleration this
parameter should read WOT (wide-open throttle).

TPS %__XX (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the position as a percentage of the
throttle position sensor. 0% indicates it is closed and 100% is fully open.

TPS (V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5.1 volts)

MIN. TPS(V)__X.XX
TP 1 (V)______X.XX
TP 2 (V)______X.XX
The throttle position sensor (TPS) produces a voltage signal proportional
to the throttle position. The signal tells the ECU how wide the throttle is
open: Low voltage at closed throttle, high voltage at wide-open throttle.
The full range of the TPS voltage readings available to the ECU is 0 to
approximately 5.1 volts. A typical TPS voltage range might be
approximately 0.5 volt at idle to 4.5 volts at wide-open throttle. The MIN
TPS voltage is the base throttle position value used at idle. TP 1 and
TP 2 are two sensors that work in tandem to verify the exact throttle
position. They are often used with electronic throttle systems.

TPS(%)____XXX
These analog parameters are values calculated by the ECU from throttle
position sensor (TPS) voltage. They are displayed on many vehicles to
indicate the amount of throttle opening. Some vehicles display these
values as degrees. THROTTLE(°) __82 or more indicates wide-open
throttle. Closed-throttle readings will vary because of the idle speed
control (ISC) motor position and throttle body adjustments. All other
vehicles that display this parameter show it as a percentage from 0 to
100. The THROTTLE(%) parameter usually appears on a car with an
autoranging TPS. The ECU resets the 0 to 100 percent range in relation
to TPS voltage as new minimum and maximum TPS voltages are sensed
by the system.

165
Alphabetical List of Parameters

TPS1 LRN MIN V (range: 0 – 5)

This parameter displays the learned minimum voltage for TP (Throttle
Position) sensor 1 as determined by the control module this ignition
cycle.

TPS2 LRN MIN V (range: 0 – 5)

This parameter displays the learned minimum voltage for TP (Throttle
Position) sensor 2 as determined by the control module this ignition
cycle.

TPS/8 (range: 0 to 8)
This parameter can indicate throttle position angle in 1/8 increments.
For example 8 means the throttle plate is fully open, 4 means it is half (4/
8) open and 1 would mean it is 1/8 open. It can also indicate throttle
voltage output from 0 to 5.00 volts where 0 is closed and 5.00 is fully
open.

TPS LOAD (%) (range: 0 - 100)

The TPS LOAD parameter is a processed throttle valve potentiometer
signal calculated by the airflow meter (or MAP). This parameter is only
used for electronic automatic transmissions. The TPS LOAD signal is
used in conjunction with the engine load signal.

TPS POWER (V) (range: 0 to 5.00)

This parameter displays the supplied voltage to the throttle position
sensor.

TPS(V)___X.XX (range: 0 to 5.00 volts)

The throttle position sensor produces a voltage signal proportional to
the throttle position; low voltage at closed throttle, high voltage at wide-
open throttle.

TRAC CNTRL OFF ____XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the status of the traction Control OFF lamp
or LCD warning. The traction Control OFF lamp is activated by the
instrument panel based on a signal from the ABS/TC (anti-lock brake/
traction control) ECU. Only applicable to vehicles fitted with Traction
Control.

TRAIL. FC OFF (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the ECU has allowed fuel
cut during trailing throttle conditions.

166
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

TRAILING THROT (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the engine is running in a
trailing throttle condition.

TRANS (ABC) (range: 0 or 1 for each)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of each of the 3 pressure
switches, A, B, C, in the pressure switch assembly. When the display is
0 this indicates the switch is off and when the display indicates 1 the
switch is on. The switch states are invalid if there is no fluid pressure in
the transmission (eg engine is off).

TRANSFER (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter displays the transmission ECU command to the transfer
case pressure control solenoid. It is duty cycle type control where 0% is
full pressure and 100% is lowest pressure.

TRANS FLUID(°C)___XXX (range: -50 to 170° C or -58 to 340 ° F)

TRANS FLUID(°F)___XXX
TRANS TEMP(°C)___XXX
TRANS TEMP(°F)___XXX
OIL TEMP(°C)____XXX (range: -40° to 199°C)
OIL TEMP(°C)____XXX (range: -40° to 389°F)
TFT(°C)____XXX
This parameter indicates the temperature of the transmission oil. The
transmission controller calculates the value based on an analog voltage
signal from a temperature sensor. You can change the measurement
units on the Scanner from degrees Celsius (°C) to degrees Fahrenheit
(°F) in Custom Setup. The preset value is °C.

TRANS FLUID TEMP(V)____X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12 volts)

TrnFluidTmp(V)_X.X
TRANS FLUID TEMP(V) is displayed on some 1987 and later vehicles.
It is an analog signal to the PCM from a thermistor temperature sensor
in the transmission. At normal operating temperature, TRANS TEMP(V)
should read below 1 volt. If the reading rises above 2.00 volts, the
transmission may be overheating. The PCM will modify transmission and
engine operation to try to cool the transmission.

TRANS OIL TEMP SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the current state of the transmission oil
temperature switch. ON indicates that the switch is returning a high oil
temperature reading.

167
Alphabetical List of Parameters

TRANS SLIP (RPM) (range: 0 to 8192)

This indicates the amount of slippage in rpm of the torque converter lock
up clutch. This parameter shows the difference in speed of engine rpm
and the transmission input rpm.

TRIM B1-S1(%)___XXX
TRIM B1-S2(%)___XXX
TRIM B2-S1(%)___XXX
TRIM B2-S2(%)___XXX
TRIM B1-S3(%)
TRIM B2-S3(%)
TRIM B1-S4(%)
TRIM B2-S4(%) (range: -100% to +99.2%, or N/A)
These fuel trim numbers represent the operation and short-term
correction of the fuel-metering for a fuel-injected engine. The TRIM
numbers indicate whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a lean
mixture in response to inputs from O2 sensors B1-S1 and B2-S1. Trim
number prefixes B1 and B2 correlate to banks 1 and 2. Bank 1 is always
the bank that contains the number 1 cylinder. TRIM number suffix S1
indicates a pre-catalyst O2 sensor input, while suffix S2 indicates a post-
catalyst O2 sensor input.

TRIM numbers typically range from -20% to +20% with 000% as the
midpoint. A number above zero percent indicates that the PCM has
commanded a short-term rich mixture correction. A number below zero
percent indicates that the PCM is commanding a lean mixture. During
closed-loop operation, these TRIM numbers should closely follow ST
TRIM B1 and ST TRIM B2. When a TRIM parameter displays N/A, the
PCM does not support that specific parameter.

TR=GEAR_XXXXXX (range: see below)

Readings for this parameter can be: PRND, DRIVE2, DRIVE3, and
DRIVE4.

TRIP CMP RNG(K)_____XXX (range: see text)

This parameter displays the vehicle range in kilometers as calculated
by the trip computer. The reading should be consistent with the trip
computer reading.

TRIP SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the input status of the odometer trip reset
switch on the instrument panel.

168
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

TrnCtrlIndLamp_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter reads ON and an indicator lamp is lit when “Overdrive
Cancel” is requested.

TrnRange_X.XX (range: 0.0 to 5.0 volts)

This parameter displays a voltage reading that indicates the position of
the transmission shift lever. Each position has a typical range, as follows:
L 0.29 to 0.79 volts
D2 1.29 to 1.53 volts
OD 1.88 to 2.29 volts
N 2.53 to 3.04 volts
R 3.43 to 3.78 volts
P 4.30 to 4.73 volts

TUNER INCRS SW________XXX (range: ON/OFF)

TUNER DECRS SW________XXX
These parameters display the input state of the audio system tuning
switches.
TUNER INCRS SW will display ON when the + TUNING switch is
depressed and OFF at other times.
TUNER DECRS SW will display ON when the — TUNING switch is
depressed and OFF at other times.

TURBINE RPM______XXXX (range: 0 to 8160)

TURBINE______XXXX
This analog parameter displays the torque converter turbine RPM, this is
used to determine the input speed of the automatic transmission.

TURBO KPA__XXX (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter indicates the pressure in the intake being applied by the
turbocharger system. The PCM uses this information to control turbo
boost and other related control systems, eg fuel injection.

TURB SHFT SPD (range: 0 to 8192)

INPUT RPM (range: 0 to 8192)
TurbSpdS(RPM)_XXXX
This parameter shows the speed of the transmission input shaft from the
input shaft speed sensor. It is used by the TCM/PCM to determine shift
speeds and in determining what gear the transmission is currently in.

169
Alphabetical List of Parameters

UD SOL DUTY(%) (range: 0 to 100)

This analog parameter displays the duty cycle on time for the underdrive
solenoid. In a correctly operating transmission this solenoid will show
0% in 1st, 2nd and 3rd gears, and up to 100% in 4th and reverse.

UP SW Range: On/Off
Indicates the mode of the transmission Up switch in the automatic
transmission lever.

V/F LEARNED (range: 0 to 5V)

This parameter displays the learnt ECM air fuel ratio correction as per
the table below.
Table. Interpreting learned value.
Vf1 Signal Engine Condition Fuel Trim (ECM Compensation)
~0V Rich Go leaner - 11-20 %
~ 1.25 V Slight Rich Go leaner - 4-10 %
~ 2.5 V Normal Lean/rich ± (0-3) %
~ 3.75 V Slight Lean Go richer + (4-10) %
~5V Lean Go richer + (11-20) %

VAC CUT BYPASS (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter displays the PCM command to the vacuum cut
bypass valve. Opening this valve allows the entire EVAP system to be
leak checked. ON means the PCM has commanded the valve open.

VALVE RELAY___XXX (range: OPEN/CLSD)

This parameter shows whether the relay that supplies power to the ABS
hydraulic actuator solenoids is open or closed. The parameter should
indicate CLSD with the ignition whether the ABS is active or not. If the
parameter indicates open there could be a possible fault in the relay or
the circuit controlling the relay.

VAPOUR PRES VSV (range: ON/OFF)

A vacuum switching valve (VSV) is used to actuate the vapour pressure
valve. The vapour pressure valve allows the EVAP system to detect and
isolate leaks. This parameter displays the PCM command to the VSV.
When this parameter reads ON, the VSV opens the valve.

170
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

VARIABLE INTAKE (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the whether the ECU has enable the
variable valve in the inlet manifold.

VBattGEM(V)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25V)

This parameter displays battery voltage being supplied to the GEM
module.

VBATT(V)_XX (range: 0 to 25 V)
This parameter displays the battery voltage being supplied to the airbag
module.

VCT ADV_XXX (range: -10 to 50)

VCT ADV 2_XXX
These parameters display the advance in degree’s of the camshafts in
engines equipped with Variable Cam Timing (VCT). Zero represents
camshaft base timing without any advance or retard applied.

VCT ADV ERR_XXX (range: unknown)

VCT ADV ERR2_XXX
These parameters display the error advance in degree’s of the
camshafts in engines equipped with Variable Cam Timing (VCT). The
error is the difference between what the PCM is commanding and what
the advance actually is.

VCT DC %_XXX (range: 0 to 100)

VCT DC 2 %_XXX
These parameters display the PCM command to the duty cycle
controlled Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) solenoids. Zero percent
represents camshaft base timing. The PCM will not vary the camshaft
timing until the engine has warmed up and it is not idling.

VCT SYS__XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the Variable Camshaft
Timing System, ON indicates it is in “closed loop” and the variable
camshaft timing is active, OFF indicates the system is in “open loop”
and the variable camshaft timing is not active. The VCT is normally not
active until the engine has warmed up to a certain temperature and the
engine is not idling. When the VCT is in closed loop mode it may not be
actively adjusting the timing but it is prepared to do so.

171
Alphabetical List of Parameters

VEH SPEED(MPH)__XXX (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

VEH SPEED(KPH)__XXX
VehSpdSensr_XXX
VEH SPEED is the measurement provided by the vehicle speed sensor
(VSS) pulses to the ECU. The ECU calculates the actual speed. You can
change the measurement units on the Scanner from miles per hour
(MPH) to kilometers per hour (KPH). The preset value is MPH.

VEH SPEED__XXX – SOME ABS SYSTEMS (range: 0 to vehicle max)

Vehicle speed is computed by the ABS module from the signals
received from the four wheel speed sensors. The VEH SPEED reading is
not taken from the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) used by the PCM, and it
may not be the same as the speedometer reading. Abnormally high, low,
or erratic readings usually are due to wiring problems or faults in one or
more wheel speed sensors.

VEH SPD PULSE (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates YES when the ECU has received a
signal from the vehicle speed sensor and NO when there is no sensor
signal.

VENT CONT VALVE (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the PCM command status to the EVAP charcoal
canister control valve. ON means the PCM has commanded the valve
closed, preventing the canister from venting.

VENT SOL 1 (%) (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter indicates the control module duty cycle command to the
vent solenoid. 0 is closed and 100 would be fully open.

VGIS ENABLED (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates when the VGIS, Variable Geometry
Induction System vacuum valve has been commanded on by the ECM/
PCM.

VPS (mA)____X.XX (range: unknown)

This parameter shows the commanded amperage of the pressure
control solenoid by the TCM/PCM. It is used by the TCM/PCM to control
pressure in the transmission.

172
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

VPWR=BATT(V)_XX.X (range: 0 to 25.5 volts)

VPoWeR(V)_XX.X
VBATT(V)_XX
The powertrain control system has no specific sensor to measure battery
voltage, but some PCM’s calculate this analog parameter from a sensing
circuit across the supply voltage circuit. Although the measurement
range is 0 to 25.5 volts, the reading should be close to normal charging
system regulated voltage with the engine running. This is typically 13.5
to 14.5 volts at idle. Check the reading against actual voltage measured
at the battery or alternator. Check vehicle specifications for exact values.

The battery voltage parameter is used principally for PCM self-

diagnostics.

Some PCM functions will be modified if voltage falls too low or rises
too high. For example, if voltage drops below a minimum value, the PCM
will try to recharge the battery by running the engine at a higher idle
speed. This may affect the idle speed control, fuel metering, and ignition
timing parameters.

VREF(V)_X.XX (range: 0 to 5.12)

On some vehicles, the SCANNER will display the reference voltage on
which system sensors operate. The PCM monitors this voltage and
provides the parameter on the data stream. The nominal reference
voltage is 5.0 volts, but it may vary by a few tenths of a volt, depending
on system calibration and charging system voltage.

VSC/TRC SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter shows the input of the vehicle stability control or
traction control switch to the ABS ECU. ON means the switch is on and
OFF means the switch is off.

VSS#1 (range: 0 to 255 or 510 km/h)

VSS#2
These parameters indicate the speed of the vehicle and are based on
inputs from the two speed sensors.

VS SET(KPH)_XXX (range: see below)

This analog parameter displays the speed setting for the cruise control
when fitted to the vehicle. The range is dependant upon what speed has
been set by the operator. This parameter may appear on the SCANNER
even though the vehicle may not have cruise control.

173
Alphabetical List of Parameters

VSS_GEM_XXX (range: 0 to 120 mph)

This parameter displays the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) signal being
supplied to the GEM module in mph.

VSS(KPH) (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

VSS(MPH)
This analog parameter indicates the vehicle speed in kilometres per
hour or miles per hour. The reading is taken from the revolution or speed
sensor mounted on the transmission.

VSS(METER)(KPH) (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

VSS(METER)(MPH)
These analog parameters display the digital input from the VSS analog-
todigital converter in the instrument meter.

VSS(TRANS)(KPH) (range: 0 to vehicle maximum)

VSS(TRANS)(MPH)
This analog parameter displays the vehicle road speed taken from the
revolution sensor at the transmission and calculated by the PCM.

VTD FUEL_______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter indicates that the PCM has not received the correct
vehicle theft deterrent (VTD) system password from the BCM and has
disabled the fuel system.

VVT GAP ( ) Range: unknown

Indicates the amount of variable valve timing being applied.

WAC=WOT A/C_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates whether the PCM is preventing the A/C system
from operating due to undesirable engine conditions. These conditions
include operation during engine cranking and wide open throttle.
On almost all vehicles, OFF means the PCM senses undesireable
conditions and is currently preventing the A/C clutch from energizing.
ON means the PCM is allowing the A/C clutch to energize.

WARM UP SW (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter indicates the position of the dash mounted
warm up switch. If the driver controlled switch is turned on then YES will
be displayed, if the switch is off then NO will be displayed.

174
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

WASHER PMP DRV______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen washer motor driver.
ON indicates the BEM is commanding it on switch, OFF indicates it is
not.

WASHER PMP SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen washer motor
switch. ON indicates the switch is active, OFF indicates it is not.

WasherPumpRly_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the GEM command status to the washer pump
relay. When the system functions properly, ON means the GEM module
has energised the relay solenoid, closing the relay contacts.

WasherPumpSw_XX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the status of the driver operated
washer pump switch. ON means the switch contacts are closed.

WASTEGATE(%)_____XXX (range: 0 to 100)

This parameter is used on turbocharged fuel-injected engines. A PCM
operated solenoid directs manifold pressure to the wastegate
diaphragm. The solenoid cycles on and off at a fixed frequency, but the
PCM varies the duty cycle of the signal.

The duty cycle percentage is directly proportional to wastegate opening

and the amount of excess manifold pressure vented to the atmosphere.
This parameter indicates the output command from the PCM to the
control solenoid. When the reading is low very little boost pressure is
vented. When it is high, more boost pressure is vented.

WATER VLV_____XXX (range: OFF/ON)

This discrete parameter indicates whether the coolant valve control
solenoid has been energised or not to allow coolant to flow through the
heater core.

WIDE OPEN THROT_XXX (range: YES/NO)

This discrete parameter on many engines indicates maximum throttle
opening when WIDE OPEN THROT_YES is displayed. The engine must
be running for this parameter to change from NO to YES. With the key
on and the engine off, a fully open throttle should produce a maximum
TPS voltage indication; but WIDE OPEN THROT should read NO.

175
Alphabetical List of Parameters

WINDOW DOWN SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the right hand front power window
switch. When the switch is the rest or in the up position the display
shows OFF, when the power window switch is switched to the down
position the display changes to ON. The BCM is responding to the
actual input state of the switch.

WINDOW UP SW_______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter shows the state of the right hand front power window
switch. When the switch is the rest or in the down position the display
shows OFF, when the power window switch is switched to the up
position the display changes to ON. The BCM is responding to the
actual input state of the switch.

WINTER SW (range: ON/OFF)

WINTER LAMP
These discrete parameters indicate the position of the winter switch
(located on the base of the gear lever) and whether the transmission
ECU is in winter mode. With the engine off and ignition on and P
selected the winter lamp should switch ON and OFF as the winter switch
is toggled. The winter switch will only indicate ON while it is held down.

Wiper2SpdRly_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter indicates the status of the two-speed (high) wiper realy.
When the system functions properly, ON means the relay contacts are
closed, allowing the wipers to operate at high speed.

WIPER IN PARK______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper motor,
whether it is in PARK position or not.

WIPER PARK SW______XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper motor park
switch. The parameter is OFF when the switch is open and the wipers
are operating and is ON when the switch is closed and the wipers are
parked. The BCM is responding to the actual input state of the switch.

WiperPk-Pk(ms)_XXX (range: 0 to 255)

This parameter displays the windshield intermittent delay.

176
 Alphabetical List of Parameters

WiperRunRly_XXX (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter indicates the GEM command status to the wiper
run relay. When the system functions properly, ON means the GEM
module has energised the relay solenoid closing the relay contacts.

WIPR MTR ACTV______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper motor,
whether it is active or not. This parameter may not appear to switch
during wiper operation depending on the system.

WIPR RUN DRV______XXX (range: YES/NO)

This parameter displays the state of the windscreen wiper motor driver.

WOT SW (range: ON/OFF)

This discrete parameter is calculated by the PCM. When functioning
properly ON means that the throttle plate is wide open.

YAW RATE(°) (range: unknown)

YAW ZERO(°)
These parameters indicate in degrees the yaw rate as calculate by the
ABS ECU from sensor inputs. Yaw is a measurement of the vehicles
body movement during cornering. It is used to control vehicle stability
and ABS operation.

YAW RATE SEN Range: NORM, OPEN

Indicates the yaw rate sensor open detection, NORMAL: Normal
condition.

YAW RATE SENS 1 Range: min: -128 deg/s; max: 127 deg/s
Indicates the yaw rate sensor 1, in degrees per second.

YAW RATE SENS 2 Range: min: -128 deg/s; max: 127 deg/s
Indicates the yaw rate sensor 2, in degrees per second.

YAW RATE VALUE Range: min: -128 deg/s; max: 127 deg/s
Indicates the yaw rate value, in degrees per second.

YAW ZERO VALUE Range: min: -128 deg/s; max: 128 deg/s
Indicates the memorized zero value output, in degrees per second.

177
Index

Index
Symbols 4WD LOW SW..........................................16
1-2 BATT SHORT.....................................12 4WDPlate_A.............................................16
1-2 OPEN/SHRT.......................................12 4WDPlate_B.............................................16
1-2 S.SOL A FDBK...................................13 4WDPlate_C.............................................16
1-2 SHIFT (SEC)......................................12, 13 4WDPlate_D.............................................16
1-2 SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)...........................13 4WDPlatePwr...........................................16
1-2 SHIFT SOL A......................................13 4X4Low.....................................................16
1-2 SOL BATT SHRT................................12 5V REF (V)................................................17
1-2 SOLENOID.........................................13 A
1-2 SOL FDBK..........................................13 A/C BLOWER SW.....................................17
18X SIGNAL.............................................15 A/C CLUTCH............................................17
1 POS SWITCH........................................13 A/C CLUTCH RELAY................................17
1ST RANGE SW.......................................122 A/CClutchSw............................................17
1ST SWITCH............................................122 A/C INDICATOR.......................................17
2-3 BATT SHORT.....................................12 A/C PHASE PNT......................................17
2-3 OPEN/SHRT.......................................12 A/C PRESS (kPa).....................................17
2-3 S. SOL B FDBK..................................13 A/C PRESS (PSI)......................................17
2-3 SHIFT (SEC)......................................12, 13 A/C PRESS (V).........................................18
2-3 SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)...........................13 A/C REFRIG.............................................126
2-3 SHIFT SOL B......................................13 A/C Refrigerant Monitor...........................18
2-3 SOLENOID.........................................13 A/C RELAY...............................................17, 18
2-3 SOL FDBK..........................................13 A/C REQUEST SW...................................18
2-4 BRAKE TM.........................................14 A/C RUN...................................................18
2ND RANGE SW......................................122 A/C SET....................................................19
2ND SELECTED.......................................14 A/C SW.....................................................19
2ND SOL DUTY(%)..................................14 A/F #1 (mA).............................................26
2ND SWITCH...........................................122 A/F #1 (Ohms).........................................26
2 POS SWITCH........................................14 A/F #2 (mA).............................................26
3-2 BATT SHRT........................................12 A/F #2 (Ohms).........................................26
3-2 CONTROL SOL..................................14 A/F-AIR(us)...............................................26
3-2 CONT SOL(%)....................................14 A/F-CORRECT(%)....................................26
3-2 DWNSHFT ENBL...............................14 A/F-FUEL(%)............................................27
3-2 DWNSHFT SOL.................................14 A/F-LRN 2 (%)..........................................27
3-2 PWMSOL(%)......................................14 A/F-PURGE(%).........................................28
3-2 SOLENOID FDBK..............................14 A/F 1 (Amps)............................................26
3-4 SHIFT (SEC)......................................12, 13 A/F 2 (Amps)............................................26
3/2 SHIFT SOL.........................................15 A/F CLOSE A/F CLOSE B1......................26
3RD RANGE SW......................................122 A/F CLOSE B2..........................................26
3RD SWITCH............................................122 A/F CORR 1 (%).......................................26
3X SIGNAL...............................................15 A/F CORR 2 (%).......................................26
4-3 DOWNSHIFT......................................15 A/F CORR 3 (%).......................................26
4-5 BATT SHORT.....................................12 A/F HTR-1 (A)...........................................27
4-5 OPEN/SHRT.......................................12 A/F HTR-2 (A)...........................................27
4/3 SHIFT SOL.........................................15 A/F LEARN (%).........................................27
4LOW SWITCH.........................................15 A/F LEARNED..........................................27
4WD_FrShftSp..........................................16 A/F LEFT(V)..............................................28
4WD_RrShftSp.........................................16 A/F RATIO................................................28
4WD_Switch.............................................16 A/F REG LOOP.........................................28
4WD ACTIVE............................................15 A/F RIGHT(V)...........................................28
4WDClutch(%)..........................................15 A/F SNSR #1...........................................29
4WDClutchPWM......................................15 A/F SNSR #2...........................................29
4WDHigh..................................................16 ABS..........................................................19
4WDLow...................................................16 ABS BATT(V)............................................19

178
 Index

ABS IGN(V)..............................................19 AIRFLOW(Hz)...........................................30

ABS LAMP................................................19 AIRFLOW(Kg/H).......................................30
ABSLF_I....................................................20 AIRFLOW(m3h)........................................30
ABSLF_O..................................................20 AIRFLOW (MG/STK).................................30
ABSLR_I...................................................20 AIRFLOW(mS)..........................................30
ABSLR_O.................................................20 AIRFLOW(mV)..........................................31
ABSOL PRES(V)......................................20 AIRFLOW(V).............................................31
ABSR_I.....................................................20 AIRFLOW RESET.....................................30
ABSR_O...................................................20 AIR INTAKE SOL......................................31
ABSRF_I...................................................20 AIR PUMP RELAY.....................................31
ABSRF_O.................................................20 AIR SWITCH SOL.....................................32
ABSRR_I...................................................20 AIR TEMP(°C)...........................................32
ABSRR_O.................................................20 AIR TEMP(°F)...........................................32
ABS SIG...................................................20 ALT DUTY (%)..........................................32
ABS STOP................................................20 ALTERNATOR...........................................32
ACC_Pos..................................................21 ALTERNATOR(%).....................................33
ACCEL ENRICH.......................................20 AMBIENT (°C)..........................................33
ACCEL POS (%).......................................21 AMBIENT (V)............................................33
ACCEL SW...............................................21 ANT REC SIG...........................................33
ACCEL SWITCH.......................................21 AP(V)........................................................33
AccessoryDly...........................................21 APC (V).....................................................33
AC HI-SIDE (kPa).....................................22 APP(%).....................................................33
AC HI-SIDE (V).........................................21 APP1 (%)..................................................34
AclPedl(V).................................................22 APP1 (V)...................................................34
AclPedlMAX(V).........................................22 APP2 (%)..................................................34
AclPedlREL(V)..........................................22 APP2 (V)...................................................34
ACP(kPa)..................................................23 APP3 (%)..................................................34
ACP(V)......................................................23 APP3 (V)...................................................34
AC POST EVP (°C)...................................22 APP AT IDLE............................................33
ACT EXH CMP B1°...................................23 APS (V).....................................................34
ACT EXH CMP B2°...................................23 APS MAIN (%)..........................................34
ACT IAC POS...........................................23 APS MAIN (mV)........................................34
ACT INJ(°)................................................23 APS SUB (%)............................................34
ACT INT CMP B1°....................................24 APS SUB (mV).........................................34
ACT INT CMP B2°....................................24 ARPMDES................................................34
ACT TORQUE (Nm).................................24 ASCD CRUISE.........................................35
ACTUAL CMP...........................................22 ASCD OD CUT.........................................35
ACTUAL PCS (A)......................................24 ASD RELAY..............................................35
ACTUAL PCS(ma)....................................49 ASYNCH PULSE......................................35
ACTUAL TORQUE (Nm)..........................24 ATF (°C)....................................................35
ADAPT ADD (%).......................................24 ATF LAMP................................................35
ADAPT CELL............................................25 AUDIO MENU SW....................................35
ADAPTED TPS(°)......................................25 AUDIO VOL(%).........................................36
ADAPT MODIFIER (Kpa)..........................25 AUTOLMP INP(%)....................................36
ADAPT MUL (%).......................................25 AUTOLMP ON DRV..................................36
ADAPT PRESS (PSI)................................25 AUTO LOCK ENABL.................................36
ADAPT SHIFT...........................................25 AUTO SW.................................................36
ADPT1 FM................................................25 AUTO TRANS...........................................36
ADPT2 FM................................................25 AVG EC (L/100km)...................................36
ADV IGN (°)..............................................25 AVG VSS (KPH).......................................36
AFS RESET..............................................29 AXLE.........................................................36
AGC CTRL REQ.......................................29 B
AIR............................................................29, 126 B1S1 L-R(SEC).........................................37
AIR CONTRL SOL....................................29 B1S1 R-L(SEC)........................................37
AIR DIVERT SOL......................................29 B2S1 L-R(SEC).........................................37
AIRFLOW(g/s)..........................................30 B2S1 R-L(SEC)........................................37

179
Index

BAG & PRET DPLD..................................37 CAM REF MISSED...................................44, 52

BARO(“Hg)...............................................37 CAM RETARD (°)......................................44
BARO (Hz)................................................37 CAM SIGNAL............................................44
BARO(kPa)...............................................37 CAN PURGE SOL....................................44
BARO(V)...................................................37 CASeGND(V)............................................45
BASE FUEL (mS).....................................38 CATALYST................................................126
BAT (V).....................................................38 Catalyst Efficiency Monitor (CAT)............45
BATT(V)....................................................38 CC ENABLED...........................................53
BATTERY(V).............................................38 CC ENGAGED..........................................53
BattSaver..................................................38 CC INPUT SIG..........................................53
BLEND DR-ACT%....................................38 CCP COMMAND......................................45
BLEND DR-TGT%.....................................38 CCSA........................................................45
BLM..........................................................39 CCSFault..................................................45
BLM CELL................................................39 CCW_Shift_Mtr.........................................45
BLM CELL CONT.....................................40 CENTRAL LOCK.......................................46
BLM PART REF........................................40 CENTRL DR LOCKD................................46
BLOCK LEARN.........................................39 CHECK LIGHT..........................................46
BLOWER (V).............................................40 CHECK PCM............................................46
BLOWER FAN (%)....................................40 ChimeReq................................................46
BLOWER SET...........................................40 CHT (°)......................................................55
BLOWER SW............................................40 CHT FailMode..........................................46
BLWR-ACT (%).........................................40 CHTIL.......................................................46
BLWR-TGT (%).........................................40 CHTILFault...............................................46
BLWR KNOB POS(%)..............................40 CKP-AT HI.................................................46
BONNET SW............................................41 CKP-AT LO................................................46
BOO=BRAKE SW....................................41 CKPS-RPM (POS)....................................47
BOO_GEM...............................................41 CLEAR FLOOD.........................................47
BOO ABS.................................................41 CLM ACT MODE......................................47
BOOST.....................................................41 CLOSED THROT......................................47
BOOST(%)...............................................41 CLSD LOOP ADD.....................................47
BOOST SENSOR.....................................42 CLSD LOOP MUL.....................................48
BOOT SOL DRV.......................................42 ClutchLock...............................................48
BOOT SW.................................................42 CLUTCH SW 1.........................................48
Bracket(^)...............................................42 CMP FailMode..........................................48
BRAKE FAIL.............................................131 CMPS-RPM..............................................48
BRAKE LAMP...........................................42 CNTL DR DEADLCKD..............................48
BRAKE LAMP CMD..................................42 COAST ACTL...........................................48
BrakeOnOff..............................................41 CoastClSol...............................................49
BrakePrsApply.........................................42 CoastClSol(%)..........................................49
BRAKE SW...............................................43 CoastClSol(mA).......................................49
BRAKE SWITCH.......................................43 COAST CLTCH.........................................49
BRKLAMP.................................................42 ColdAdvSol..............................................49
BRK PDL SIG START...............................43 COMMANDED GEAR...............................49
C COMMANDED PCS(ma)..........................49
C/SLEEV POS (V)....................................43 COMPONENTS........................................126
C1 REV (RPM)..........................................43 Comprehensive Component Monitor......49
CALC B1 TWC (C°)..................................43 CONV OVERTEMP...................................50
CALC B2 TWC (C°)..................................43 COOLANT................................................50
CALC CLSD THRT...................................92 COOLANT (°C).........................................50
CALC PRES (BAR)...................................44 COOLANT (°F).........................................50
CAMDC_1.................................................44 COOLANT(V)............................................50
CAMDC_2.................................................44 COOLANT SW..........................................50
CAMERR_1...............................................44 COOL FAN RELAY...................................50
CAMERR_2...............................................44 COOLING FAN.........................................51
CAM FAIL.................................................48 CPC DUTY (%).........................................51
CAM LO TO HI.........................................44 CPC SOL VLV...........................................51

180
 Index

CPP/PNP..................................................51 DES IAC g/sec.........................................59

CPP/PNP SW...........................................51 DES IAC POS...........................................59
CRANK.....................................................52 DES INT CMP B1 %.................................58
CRANK #2 RPM.......................................51 DES INT CMP B1°....................................58
CRANK A S 2...........................................51 DES INT CMP B2 %.................................58
CRANK A SENSOR..................................51, 145 DES INT CMP B2°....................................58
CRANKING...............................................52 DESIRED FUEL RAIL
CRANKING RPM......................................52 PRESSURE (MPA)................................58
CRANK REF MISSED...............................52 DESIRED IDLE.........................................58
CRANK SIGNAL.......................................51, 53 Desired Injection Quanitity (mm3)...........59
CRaSHSN1(^)........................................53 Desired Intake Throttle Position (%)........59
CRaSHSN2(^)........................................53 DES LINE (PSI)........................................59
CRUISE ACTV..........................................53 DES THROT POS (%)..............................59
CRUISE CNTL SW...................................53 DES TIMING(°).........................................59
CRUISE DRIVER......................................53 DIAG LAMP..............................................59, 86
CRUISE ON..............................................53 DIAG REQUEST.......................................59
CRUISE SIG.............................................53 DIFF IDLE SPEED....................................59
CTP...........................................................54 DOME LAMP DRV....................................60
CUR INJ BEGIN.......................................54 DoorAjarLamp..........................................60
CURRENT CODES...................................54 DOOR LOCK SW......................................60
CURRENT ERROR...................................54 DoorsUnlock............................................60
CURRENT GEAR......................................54 DOWN SW................................................60
CURRENT PCS (A)..................................54 DPFE(V)...................................................60
CURRNT TAP CELL.................................54 D POS SWITCH........................................61
CW_Shift_Mtr...........................................45 D RANGE SW...........................................122
CylHdTemp(°C)........................................55 DRIVER AIRBAG LOOP:
CylHdTemp(°F).........................................55 CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61
CylHdTemp(V)..........................................55 DRIVER AIRBAG LOOP:
CYL HEAD (°)...........................................55 RESISTANCE(OHM).............................61
CYL x MISFIRES......................................55 DRIVER PRETEN LOOP:
D CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61
D/M MUFFLER SW...................................60 DRIVER PRETEN LOOP:
D_Airbag(^)............................................55 RESISTANCE(OHM).............................62
D_Preten(^)............................................61 DR MIX FBK.............................................62
DASH LAMPS(%).....................................55 DRM Status..............................................62
DCC RPM SLIP........................................56 DRV AIR MIX............................................62
DCC SOL DUTY(%)..................................55 DRV AIRMIX DES%..................................62
DCCSV DC(%).........................................56 DRV AIRMIX FBK%..................................62
DCCSV SLIP (RPM).................................56 DRV PRET LP ENBL.................................62
DEADLOCK SW.......................................56 DRVR DOOR............................................62
DECEL(G)................................................57 DRVR DOOR UNLOCK............................63
DECEL 2(G).............................................57 DRV SET (°C)...........................................63
DECEL ENLEAN......................................56 DRV SRS LP ENBL...................................63
DECEL F/CUT..........................................56 D SWITCH................................................122
DECEL FUEL C/OFF................................56 DTC’S.......................................................63
DEPLOYMENTS.......................................57 DTC’S STATUS........................................63
DEPLOYMENTS #1.................................57 DTC CNT..................................................63
DES B1S1 LAMBDA.................................57 DTC CNT2................................................63
DES B2S1 LAMBDA.................................57 E
DES ENG RPM.........................................57 EC IGN RLY CKT STATUS.......................63
DES EXH CMP B1 %................................57 EC IGN RLY FDBK (V)..............................64
DES EXH CMP B1°..................................57 ECON/PWR SW.......................................64
DES EXH CMP B2 %................................57 ECONOMY SW........................................64
DES EXH CMP B2°..................................58 ECT(°C)....................................................50
DES FAN SPD..........................................73 ECT(°F).....................................................50
DES IAC...................................................59 EFE COMMAND.......................................64

181
Index

EGR (%)...................................................65 EVAP DUTY(%)........................................70

EGR COMMAND......................................64 Evaporative Emission System Monitor....71
EGR COMMAND(%)................................65 EVAP PRES(V).........................................71
EGRC SOL/V A.........................................65 EVAP SYS................................................126
EGRC SOL/V B........................................65 EXH/GAS REG V......................................71
EGRDtyCycle(%)......................................65 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EGR FDBACK(%).....................................65 System Monitor....................................71
EGR PINTLE(V)........................................65 EXHAUST OXYGEN.................................72
EGR SOLENOID.......................................64 ExhBackPrs..............................................71
EGR STEPS..............................................65 EXH CMP B1 VAR°...................................72
EGR SYS..................................................126 EXH CMP B2 VAR°...................................72
EGR TEMP(°C).........................................65 EXT BRAKE TRVL....................................72
EGR TEMP(°F).........................................65 F
EGR TEMP(V)...........................................65 F.ECON(L/100km)....................................74
EGR VOL CON/V......................................66 F/PUMP(%)...............................................75
EGR VOLUME STEPS..............................66 F/PUMP CMD...........................................73
ELC RELAY(V)..........................................66 FACE 1 SOL.............................................75
ELEC LOAD (A)........................................66 FACE 2 SOL.............................................75
ELEC LOAD SW.......................................66 F AMOUNT (MG/STK)..............................73
ElecPrsCtrl...............................................69 FAN 1 RELAY............................................73
ENABLE RELAY.......................................66 FAN 2 RELAY............................................73
ENERGY RESERVE___OFF.....................66 FAN DOWN..............................................74
ENG CRANK(SEC)...................................66 FAN Monitor.............................................73
ENG DTC SET..........................................67 FAN RELAY 1 CKT STATUS.....................73
ENG ENABLE...........................................67 FAN RELAY 2 & 3 CKT STATUS..............73
ENGINE CHECK LAMP............................67 FAN REQUEST.........................................73
ENGINE LOAD(%)....................................67 FAN SPD CNTL........................................73
ENGINE RPM...........................................67, 145 FAN SPD FBK(V)......................................73
ENG LOAD (mS)......................................68 FAN UP.....................................................74
ENG OIL TEMP........................................68 FAULT #1.................................................74
EngOilTemp(°)..........................................68 FAULT #2.................................................74
EngOilTemp(V).........................................68 F BNK UP.................................................74
ENG OIL TEMP SW..................................68 FC AIRFLOW............................................56
ENG RPM.................................................68, 145 FC CTP.....................................................74
ENG RPM LIMIT.......................................68 FIELD SERV MD.......................................74
ENG STATUS...........................................68 FLInput(V)................................................75
ENG STOPPED........................................68 FLUID TEMP(V)........................................75
ENG TORQ(lb/ft)......................................69 FOOT 1 SOL.............................................75
ENG TORQ(N-M).....................................69 FOOT 2 SOL.............................................75
ENG TQI (%)............................................69 FPFault.....................................................75
ENG WARMUP.........................................69 FPMode....................................................75
EPC(PSI)..................................................69 FPMonitor.................................................75
EPC(V)......................................................69 FR O2S(mV).............................................75
EPR(%).....................................................69 FR O2S RICH...........................................75
ERASE CYCLES.......................................69 FRONT DEMIST.......................................76
ESC ACTIVE.............................................70 FRONT O2(mV)........................................124
ESC COUNTER........................................70 FRP Regulator Command........................76
ESC FAILURE...........................................70 FRP Regulator Feedback (mA)................76
ETC ACT°.................................................70 FRT DWELL(SECS)..................................76
ETC DSD°.................................................70 FRT WPR INT SW.....................................76
ETC SWITCH............................................70 FRT WSH PMP SW..................................76
EV(%).......................................................70 FR WHEEL...............................................76
EVAP (°C).................................................71 FrWiperMd...............................................77
EVAP(V)....................................................71 FUEL(%) FRONT......................................77
EVAPCPFault............................................71 FUEL(%) REAR........................................77
EVAPCVFault............................................71 FUEL ADAPTION IDLE LOAD X...............77

182
 Index

FUEL ADAPTION PARTIAL LOAD X.........77 GLOW PLUG (V).......................................83

Fuel Compensation Cyl (1)......................77 GlowPlugCoil(%)......................................83
Fuel Compensation Cyl (2)......................77 GLOW PLUG RLY (V)...............................83
Fuel Compensation Cyl (3)......................77 GLOW PLUG SYS....................................83
Fuel Compensation Cyl (4)......................77 GLOW RELAY...........................................82
FUEL CONSUMP(%)................................77 GLW PLUG RELAY...................................83
FUEL CUTOFF.........................................77 H
FUEL CUTOFF SOL.................................78 HallPwr.....................................................83
FUEL CUT VLV.........................................78 HALL SENSOR.........................................83
FUEL GAUGE (%)....................................78 HatchUnlkSw...........................................83
FUEL LEVEL.............................................79 HEADLAMP DRIVE...................................83
FUEL LEVEL (%)......................................78 HEADLAMP SW.......................................84
FUEL PRESS............................................78 HEATED CAT...........................................126
FUEL PRESS SOL....................................78 Heated Catalyst Monitor..........................84
FUEL PUMP.............................................78 HEATER FAN............................................84
FuelPumpA...............................................78 HFC=HI FAN............................................106
FUEL PUMP RELAY.................................138 HFCA........................................................85
FUEL PUMP RELAY CKT STATUS...........79 HFCFault..................................................85
FUELPW1(mS).........................................79 HI A/C PRESS..........................................84
FUELPW2(mS).........................................79 HI ECT TEMP...........................................84
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE............................79 HIGH ALTITUDE.......................................84
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (MPA).79 HIGH BATTERY........................................85
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (V)......79 HighFanCtrl..............................................84
FUEL RATE (mm3)...................................79 HIGH GEAR..............................................85
FUEL SENDER(V)....................................79 HI PS PRESS...........................................137
FUEL SNDR (OHM)..................................79 HI PS PRESSURE....................................85
FUEL SNDR RES.....................................79 HI SPEED FAN.........................................85
FUEL STATUS..........................................80 HO2S11(V)...............................................86
FUEL SYS.................................................80, 126 HO2S21(V)...............................................86
FUEL SYS 1..............................................80, 129 HOLD LAMP.............................................86
FUEL SYS 2..............................................80, 129 HOLD SW.................................................86
Fuel System Monitor................................81 HOLD SWITCH.........................................86
FUEL TANK CAP(L)..................................80 HT BCKLITE DRV.....................................88
FuelTankPrs(V).........................................81 HTR11......................................................87
FUEL TEMP (°C)......................................80, 81 HTR11A....................................................87
FUEL TEMP (°F).......................................80, 81 HTR11Fault..............................................87
FUEL TRIM(%).........................................80 HTR12......................................................87
FUEL VENT (%)........................................138 HTR12A....................................................87
FULL ACCEL SW.....................................81 HTR12Fault..............................................87
FULL LOAD..............................................81 HTR21......................................................87
FULL POS SW..........................................81 HTR21A....................................................87
FWD LAMP...............................................81 HTR21Fault..............................................87
FWD SWITCH...........................................81 HTR22......................................................87
G HTR22A....................................................87
G-SENSOR(V)..........................................81 HTR22Fault..............................................87
GEAR........................................................49, 82 HT REAR WDW SW.................................88
GEAR RATIO............................................82 HT RR WDW DRV....................................88
GE DUTY (%)...........................................82 HTRX1......................................................87
GEN. FIELD..............................................82 HTRX2......................................................87
GEN F-TERM(%)......................................82 I
GEN F TERMINAL(%)..............................82 I/C FAN RELAY.........................................88
GEN L-TERM............................................82 I/C TMP V.................................................88
GEN LAMP...............................................82 IAC(%)......................................................91
GEN L TERM............................................82 IAC/AAC(%)..............................................91
GEN L TERMINAL....................................82 IAC/AAC STEPS.......................................91
GLOW LIGHT...........................................82 IAC ADAPT SLOPE..................................88

183
Index

IAC BLOCK LEARN..................................88 ILL DRVR LOW.........................................94

IAC COIL A...............................................89 ILL DRVR OPEN.......................................94
IAC COIL B...............................................89 ILL ENTRY DRVR.....................................94
IAC DIRECTION.......................................89 IllumEnrty.................................................95
IACFault....................................................89 ILLUM PWM(%)........................................95
IACKAM0..................................................89 IMMO FUNCTION....................................95
IACKAM1..................................................89 IMMO SIG RCVD......................................95
IACKAM2..................................................89 IMRC___XY...............................................97
IACKAM3..................................................89 IMRCFault.................................................97
IAC MODE................................................89 IMS RANGE A..........................................95
IAC MOTOR RUN.....................................89 IMS RANGE B..........................................95
IAC MOTR RESET....................................89 IMS RANGE C..........................................95
IAC RESET RQST....................................89 IMS RANGE P..........................................95
IAC STEPS...............................................91 IN CAR (°C)..............................................96
IAC TRIM..................................................90 IN CAR (V)................................................96
IAT(°C)......................................................32 INDICATORS............................................96
IAT(°F)......................................................32 INIT BRAKE APPLY..................................97
IAT(V)........................................................32 INJ #1(mS)..............................................99
IAT FailMode............................................90 INJ #1 PW(mS)........................................97, 99
IC FAULT CYL1.........................................90 INJ #2(mS)..............................................99
IC FAULT CYL2.........................................90 INJ #2 PW(mS)........................................97, 99
IC FAULT CYL3.........................................90 INJ #x(mS)...............................................99
IC FAULT CYL4.........................................90 INJ(mS)....................................................99
IC FAULT CYL5.........................................90 INJ-ADD(mS)............................................98
IC FAULT CYL6.........................................90 INJ-FAC (mS)...........................................98
IC FAULT CYL7.........................................90 INJ 1 CMD................................................98
IC FAULT CYL8.........................................90 INJ 2 CMD................................................98
ID..............................................................90 INJ 3 CMD................................................98
IDLE AIR CONTRL...................................91 INJ 4 CMD................................................98
IDLE CONDITION.....................................91 INJ 5 CMD................................................98
IDLE PHASE PNT.....................................91 INJ 6 CMD................................................98
IDLE POS SW...........................................92 INJ ADV#1 (V).........................................97
IDLE REG (%)...........................................91 INJ ADV#2 (V).........................................97
IDLE SW...................................................92 INJ ADV#3 (V).........................................97
IDLE SWITCH...........................................92 INJ ADV#4 (V).........................................97
IDLE UP VSV............................................92 INJ B2(mS)...............................................99
IDLE VARIATION......................................92 INJ C/V %.................................................98
IGN (V).....................................................94 INJECTOR A FDBK..................................97
IGN 0........................................................92 INJECTOR B FDBK..................................97
IGN 1........................................................92 INJECTOR VOLTAGE (V).........................97
IGN ADJ TERM.........................................92 INJ PHASE PNT.......................................98
IGN ADV #X (°)........................................93 INJ PT(mS)...............................................97
IGN ADVANCE(°)......................................93 INJ PULSE................................................97
IGN BELOW 9V........................................93 INJ PW(mS)..............................................97, 99
IGN CMD RELY........................................93 INJ PW1(mS)............................................101
IGN COIL #X (mS)...................................93 INJ PW2(mS)............................................101
IGN CYCLE DTC......................................93 INJ TIME (°)..............................................99
IGN CYCLES............................................93 INJ VOL (mm3)........................................99
IGNITION (V)............................................94 INJxFault..................................................102
IGNITION 1 (V).........................................93 INLET AIR TEMP......................................99
IGNITION 1 SW........................................93 INLET MAN (P/S).....................................100
IGNITION SW...........................................94 INLET MAN (V).........................................100
IGN RELY FDBK.......................................94 INLET SET................................................129
IGN SWITCH............................................94 InManRunCtrl...........................................97
IGN VOLT OK...........................................94 INPUT RPM..............................................67, 169
ILL DRVR HIGH........................................94 INSTR. ILLU.(%)......................................102

184
 Index

INSTR. LMPS(%)......................................102 LATERAL G SNSR (V)..............................105

INTAKE AIR(°)...........................................32 LCD ILLUM(%).........................................117
Intake Throttle Pos Sensor (%)................100 LEAN/RICH TRANS..................................125
Intake Throttle Pos Sensor (V).................100 LEFT CROSSCNTS..................................125
Intake Throttle Sol Command (%)...........100 LEFT O2...................................................72
INTAKE VSV.............................................100 Left Source Button...................................105
INT CMP B1 VAR°....................................100 LEVER POS..............................................105
INT CMP B2 VAR°....................................100 LF_UnlockSw...........................................83
INTEGRATR..............................................101 LFBeltFstnd..............................................106
INTEGRTR RESET...................................100 LFC=LO FAN...........................................106
INTERIOR (°C)..........................................102 LFDoorAjar...............................................106
INT ILLUM RLY.........................................102 LF HOL SOL.............................................144
INT WPR DRV...........................................102 LF MOTOR AMPS....................................106
INT WPR RELAY.......................................102 LF MOTOR FBK.......................................106
ISA DUTY(%)............................................102 LF REL SOL..............................................144
ISC(%)......................................................91 LF WHEEL(MPH).....................................107
ISC A/C CORR (%)...................................103 LF WNDW AUTO DN................................107
ISC STEP..................................................91 LF WNDW DN SW....................................107
K LF WNDW UP SW....................................107
K/D SERVO SW........................................103 LH SET TMP DWN...................................107
K/D SW.....................................................103 LH SET TMP UP.......................................107
KeyInIgn...................................................103 LH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP
KICKDOWN SW.......................................103 CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61
KNOCK.....................................................103 LH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP
KNOCK CELL...........................................103 RESISTANCE (OHM)............................61
KNOCK CONTROL..................................103 LH SIDE LP ENBL....................................63
KNOCK CORRECT (°)..............................104 LIFT PUMP (V).........................................108
KNOCK CYL 1(°)......................................104 LIFT PUMP SYS.......................................107
KNOCK CYL 2(°)......................................104 LIGHT SW................................................108
KNOCK CYL 3(°)......................................104 LINE PRESS(%).......................................108
KNOCK CYL 4(°)......................................104 LINE PRESS (A).......................................108
KNOCK CYL 5(°)......................................104 LINE PRESSURE IN:
KNOCK CYL 6(°)......................................104 PND2L (KG/CM2).................................108
KNOCK CYL 7(°)......................................104 LINE PRESSURE IN:
KNOCK CYL 8(°)......................................104 REVERSE(KG/CM2).............................108
KNOCK PRESENT...................................104 LITRES/100KM.........................................108
KNOCK RETARD (°).................................104 LOAD(%)..................................................108
KNOCK RTD 1(°)......................................104 LOAD SIGNAL..........................................66
KNOCK RTD 2(°)......................................104 LOCK SW.................................................109
KNOCK RTD 3(°)......................................104 LOCKUP (%).............................................109
KNOCK RTD 4(°)......................................104 LOCK UP SOL..........................................56
KNOCK RTD 5(°)......................................104 LOCKUP STATUS.....................................109
KNOCK RTD 6(°)......................................104 LO CLUTCH TM.......................................109
KNOCK RTD 7(°)......................................104 LO ECT LEVEL.........................................109
KNOCK RTD 8(°)......................................104 LONGFT1.................................................111
KS NOISE(V)............................................105 LONGFT2.................................................111
L LOOP........................................................129
L-FRONT EMB..........................................106 LOOP 1.....................................................129
L-FRONT SOL..........................................107 LOOP 2.....................................................129
L/R SWITCH B1S1...................................125 LOOP STATUS(L).....................................129
L/R SWITCH B2S1...................................125 LOOP STATUS(R)....................................129
LAMP........................................................105 LO WASHER LVL......................................110
LAMP CHECK..........................................105 LOW BATTERY.........................................85
LAMP DELAY DRV...................................105 LOW ENGINE FAN...................................109
LAST SHFT(SEC).....................................105 LOW FAN..................................................109
LATERAL G (m/s2)...................................105 LowFanCA................................................110

185
Index

LowFanCtrl...............................................109 MCD/LCD ILL.(%).....................................117

LOW FUEL................................................110 MC DWL(°)...............................................117
LOW LPG..................................................110 MC PRESS(MPa).....................................118
LOW SELECTED......................................13 MIL............................................................118
LOW TRAC...............................................110 MILEAGE SINCE DTC SET......................118
LPG IN USE..............................................110 MILFault....................................................118
LPG SENDER (V).....................................110 MIL STATUS.............................................118
LPG SNDR RESIS....................................110 MIN. TPS(V).............................................165
LPG STEP................................................111 MIN O2S(V)..............................................117
LR/SlidDr_Ajar..........................................106 MIN TPS(%)..............................................118
LR HOL SOL.............................................144 MIN TPS (V).............................................118
LR REL SOL.............................................144 MISFIRE...................................................126
LR SOL DUTY(%).....................................111 MISFire.....................................................118
LR WHEEL(MPH).....................................107 MISFIRE CYCLES....................................119
LT 1-2 S. ADAPT (Kpa).............................13 MISFIRE CYL1..........................................119
LT 2-3 S. ADAPT (Kpa).............................13 MISFIRE CYL 2.........................................119
LT ALPHA(%)............................................111 MISFIRE CYL3..........................................119
LT ALPHA B1 (%).....................................111 MISFIRE CYL 4.........................................119
LT ALPHA B2 (%).....................................111 MISFIRE CYL5..........................................119
LTFT DELTA (%).......................................155 MISFIRE CYL 6.........................................119
LTFT ENABLED........................................111 MISFIRE CYL7..........................................119
LTFT IDLE(%)...........................................111 MISFIRE CYL 8.........................................119
LT TRIM B1(%).........................................111 MISFIRE FAILS.........................................119
LT TRIM B2(%).........................................111 Misfire Monitor (MISFIRE)........................119
LT TRM AVG1 %.......................................112 MISFIRE PASSESS..................................119
LT TRM AVG2 %.......................................112 MIS PER CYCLE......................................119
M MISS HISTORY 1.....................................119
MAF (G/S)................................................113 MISS HISTORY 2.....................................119
MAF(gm/S)...............................................113 MISS HISTORY 3.....................................119
MAF (Kg/h)...............................................113 MISS HISTORY 4.....................................119
MAF (mg/T)..............................................113 MISS HISTORY 5.....................................119
MAF(V).....................................................113 MISS HISTORY 6.....................................119
MAF(V) B2................................................113 MISS HISTORY 7.....................................119
MAF-CRSE(kg/h)......................................112 MISS HISTORY 8.....................................119
MAF-FINE(kg/h).......................................112 MODE SW................................................120
MAF/CYL(MG/S)......................................112 MODULE DEPLOYED..............................120
Main Injection Quanitity (mm3)................113 MOTOR POS(V).......................................120
MAIN RELAY.............................................113 MOTOR POS STEPS...............................120
MANIFOLD VALVE...................................113 MRP (kPa)................................................120
MAN LEV POS..........................................114 N
MAN LEV POS(V).....................................114 N/P RANGE SW.......................................122
MANUAL SW............................................114 N/P SWITCH.............................................122
MAN VAC(“Hg).........................................114 NC0 RPM..................................................120
MAN VAC(kPa).........................................114 NC2 RPM..................................................120
MAP(“Hg).................................................115 NeuSafetySw............................................121
MAP(kPa).................................................115 NeuTowFcnLmp.......................................121
MAP(mmHG)............................................115 NEUT POS SW.........................................121
MAP(V).....................................................115 NEUTRAL SW..........................................121
MAP/BARO SOLENOID...........................116 NeutTowFcn.............................................121
MAP Fail...................................................116 NO ABS MSSG........................................121
MASS AIR FLOW/CYL..............................116 NO BEM MSSG........................................121
MAT(°C)....................................................116 NO HIM MSSG.........................................121
MAT(°F)....................................................116 NO ICM MSSG.........................................121
MAX FAN RELAY......................................117 NOM. IDLE RPM......................................122
MAX O2S(V).............................................117 NOT USED...............................................122
MAX SPEED.............................................117

186
 Index

O OFF SW....................................................128
O/D CUT1.................................................35 OIL PRESS...............................................128
O/D CUT 2................................................127 OIL PRESS (V).........................................128
O/D SOLENOID........................................128 OIL TEMP(°C)...........................................167
O/D SW....................................................127 OIL TEMP (V)...........................................128
O2 #1(mV)...............................................124 OPEN/CLSD LOOP..................................129
O2 #2(mV)...............................................124 OSS..........................................................129
O2(mV).....................................................124 OSS=TSS(rpm).......................................129
O2B1-S1(LAMBDA)..................................122 OUTLET SET............................................129
O2 B1-S1(mV)..........................................124 OUTPUT RPM..........................................67, 129
O2 B1-S1 STAT........................................125 OUTPUT SPEED (KPH)...........................67
O2 B1-S2(mV)..........................................124 OutShftSp(RPM)......................................129
O2 B1-S2 STAT........................................125 OUTSIDE TEMP.......................................130
O2 B1S1(%).............................................122 OVERDRIVE SW.......................................127
O2 B1S1 HTR(%).....................................122 OVERIDE STATUS...................................130
O2 B1S2 HTR(%).....................................122 OVERRUN CLUTCH.................................130
O2B2-21(LAMBDA)..................................122 OVERRUN SOL........................................130
O2 B2-S1(mV)..........................................124 OverSpdWarn...........................................130
O2 B2-S1 STAT........................................125 OVERSPEED............................................130
O2 B2-S2(mV)..........................................124 Oxygen Sensor Monitors.........................130
O2 B2-S2 STAT........................................125 P
O2 BLM ENABLE.....................................123 P/E/HOLD SW..........................................139
O2 CROSSCNTS-1..................................125 P/N...........................................................133
O2 CROSSCNTS-2..................................125 P/N SWITCH.............................................133, 134
O2 CROSSCOUNTS................................123 P/S PRESS SW........................................137
O2 HEATER..............................................123, 126 P_Airbag(^).............................................55
O2 HEATER B1-S2...................................123 P_Preten(^).............................................61
O2 HEATER B2-S1...................................123 PARK/NEU POS.......................................131
O2 HEATER B2-S2...................................123 PARK BRAKE............................................131
O2 MON...................................................124 PARK LAMP INPUT..................................131
O2 MON B1-S1........................................124 PARK LAMP SW.......................................131
O2 MON B1-S2........................................124 ParkLmpSw..............................................131
O2 MON B2-S1........................................124 ParkNeuPos.............................................131
O2 MON B2-S2........................................124 PART LOAD..............................................131
O2 READY................................................126 PAS PRET LP ENBL.................................62
O2S #1 STATUS......................................72 PASS. AIRBAG LOOP:
O2S #2 STATUS......................................72 CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61
O2S11 FailMode......................................126 PASS. AIRBAG LOOP:
O2S12 FailMode......................................126 RESISTANCE(OHM).............................61
O2S21 FailMode......................................126 PASS. PRETEN LOOP:
O2S22 FailMode......................................126 CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61
O2S B1-S1 READY...................................125 PASS. PRETEN LOOP:
O2S B1-S2 READY...................................125 RESISTANCE(OHM).............................62
O2S B2-S1 READY...................................125 PASS AIR MIX..........................................62
O2S B2-S2 READY...................................125 PASS AIRMIX DES%................................62
O2 SENSOR.............................................126 PASS AIRMIX FBK%.................................62
OBD-II READINESS MONITORS.............126 PASS BELT...............................................147
OCTANE NO.............................................145 PASS DOOR.............................................132
OCTANE VALUE.......................................127 PASS DR UNLOCK...................................132
OD ENABLED...........................................127 PAS SET (°C)............................................63
OD OFF SIG.............................................127 PASSIVE MODE.......................................132
ODO RESET SW......................................127 PAS SRS LP ENBL...................................63
OD SOL (%).............................................128 PCM ID STAT STR....................................132
OD SOL DUTY(%)....................................128 PCM REQ RECVD....................................132
OFF/LOCK_Pos........................................21 PCM VERIFY OK......................................132
OFF ACCEL SW.......................................128 PCS COM (mA)........................................132

187
Index

PCS COM BAR(Pa)..................................132 R AMOUNT (MG/STK).............................140

PCS DUTY%.............................................133 RANGE A (VOLTS)...................................140
PCS DUTY CYCLE(%)..............................135 RANGE B (VOLTS)...................................140
PCS ENABLED.........................................133 RANGE C (VOLTS)...................................140
PCS OVERRIDE.......................................133 R BNK UP.................................................74
PCSV DC(%)............................................133 READ MEM SIG.......................................140
PCV SOL VLV...........................................133 REAR DEFOG..........................................141
PEDAL POS (%).......................................133 RearDefRly...............................................141
PETROL SENDER (V)..............................133 RearDefSw...............................................141
PFE(V)......................................................60 REAR DEMIST..........................................76, 141
POINTER ILL.(%).....................................134 REAR LAMP FAIL.....................................140
POS COUNT............................................134 REAR MOTOR AMPS...............................106
POWER ENRICH......................................134 REAR MOTOR FBK..................................106
POWER LAMP..........................................135 REAR O2..................................................72
POWERSHIFT..........................................134 REAR O2(mV)..........................................124
POWERSHIFT SW...................................135 REAR O2S................................................141
POWER SW..............................................135 REAR O2 STATUS....................................72
POWERTRAIN LAMP...............................135 RearPosSense.........................................141
PRE-DLVRY ENABL..................................135 RearWasher..............................................141
Pre Injection Quanitity (mm3)..................135 RearWiper................................................141
PRESS CONTROL(%)..............................135 RearWiperDn............................................142
PRESS HIGH............................................135 RearWiperMd...........................................77
PRESS LOW.............................................135 RearWiperUp............................................142
PRESS SOL(mA)......................................136 RECIRC SOL............................................142
PRET. DEPLOYED....................................136 RECIRC SW..............................................142
PRIMARY CTL (%)....................................136 RECRC DR ACT.......................................142
PRNDL SELECT.......................................136 RECRC DR TGT.......................................142
PRNDL SW...............................................136 REDUCED POWER..................................142
PROG.TRNSMITRS..................................136 REF (V).....................................................142
PROGRAM SW.........................................136 REMOTE BOOT SIGNAL.........................142
PROM ID..................................................137 REMOTE KEY NUMBER..........................143
PS MIX FBK..............................................62 REQ INJ BEGIN.......................................143
PULSE GEN-A..........................................137 REQ TORQUE (Nm).................................143
PULSE GEN-B..........................................137 REQUESTED TORQUE (Nm)..................143
PUMP.......................................................137 RESTART CLSD LP..................................143
PUMP(V)...................................................138 REV...........................................................143
PUMP MONITOR......................................138 REV POS SWITCH...................................143
PUMP RELAY...........................................138 RevSel......................................................143
PUMP RPM...............................................138 REV SELECTED.......................................143
PURGE DUTY(%).....................................138 RF_PwrWndnw.........................................144
PURGE PWM (%).....................................138 RF_UnlockSw...........................................83
PURGE SOL.............................................138 RFDoorAjar...............................................106
PURGE SOL EVAP SOLENOID...............139 RF HOL SOL............................................144
PURGE VOL(STPS)..................................139 RF MOTOR AMPS....................................106
PURGE VOL SOL(%)...............................139 RF MOTOR FBK.......................................106
PURGE VSV.............................................139 RF REL SOL.............................................144
PWM #1(%).............................................139 RF WHEEL(MPH).....................................107
PWM #2(%).............................................139 RFWindowDn...........................................144
PWR/ECON SW.......................................139 RFWindowMotr(A)....................................144
PWR STEER SW......................................137, 139 RFWindwPeak(A).....................................144
PwrStrPrs SW...........................................137 RF WNDW AUTO DN...............................144
R RF WNDW DN SW...................................144
R-FRONT EMB.........................................106 RF WNDW UP SW....................................144
R-FRONT SOL..........................................107 RH SET TMP DWN...................................107

188
 Index

RH SET TMP UP......................................107 ShiftSol 3A................................................149

RH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP ShiftSol3Fault...........................................149
CAPACITANCE(nF)..............................61 ShiftSol 4..................................................149
RH SIDE AIRBAG LOOP ShiftSol 5..................................................149
RESISTANCE (OHM)............................61 ShiftSol 6..................................................149
RH SIDE LP ENBL....................................63 SHIFT SOL A............................................150
RIGHT CROSSCNTS...............................125 SHIFT SOL B............................................150
RIGHT O2.................................................72 SHIFT SOL C............................................150
Right Source Button.................................145 SIM FULL POS SW..................................150
RON CODING (V).....................................145 SIM IDLE POS SW...................................150
RPM..........................................................145 SIM PART POS SW..................................150
RPM-F......................................................145 SLIP RING ENBL......................................150
RPM DSD.................................................145 SLN SOLENOID.......................................150
R RANGE SW...........................................122 SL SWITCH..............................................151
RR DMIST RLY.........................................145 SLT SOLENOID........................................151
RRDoorAjar..............................................106 SLU SOLENOID.......................................158
RR HOL SOL............................................144 SMFL........................................................151
RR O2 HTR (V).........................................145 SMFR........................................................151
RR O2S RICH...........................................146 SMR..........................................................151
RR REL SOL.............................................144 SOL #1.....................................................150
RR WHEEL...............................................146 SOL #2.....................................................150
RR WHEEL(MPH).....................................107 SOL 1-2/3-4..............................................151
R SWITCH................................................122 Sol 1 ACTL...............................................149
RUN_Pos..................................................21 SOL 2-3....................................................151
RUN TIME(SEC).......................................146 Sol 2 ACTL...............................................149
S Sol 3 ACTL...............................................149
S/C TARGET(KPH)...................................146 Sol 5(mA).................................................151
S/C TARGET(MPH)..................................146 SOL LOCKUP...........................................152
S/C VAC SOL...........................................146 SOL RELAY..............................................152
S/C VENT SOL.........................................146 SPARK ADV(°)..........................................152
SCCS........................................................147 SPARK CTRL ADV....................................152
SCCS(V)...................................................147 SPARK CTRL RET....................................152
SCSV-1.....................................................147 SPDO GAUGE (KPH)...............................152
SCSV-2.....................................................147 SpdSensWipr...........................................152
SEAT BELT...............................................147 SPFL.........................................................151
SeatBeltLamp...........................................147 SPFR........................................................151
Secondary Air System Monitor................147 SPILL V (°CA)..........................................152
SECURITY LED........................................147 SPK ADV(°)...............................................93
SELECTOR A...........................................148 SPK ADV(°BTDC).....................................93
SELECTOR B...........................................148 SPORT LAMP...........................................136
SELECTOR C...........................................148 SPORTS DN.............................................153
SELECTOR D...........................................148 SPORTS SEL............................................152
SELF DIAG LAMP....................................148 SPORTS UP.............................................153
SERV CHK SIG........................................148 SPRKADV(°).............................................152
SHIFT A(%)..............................................148 SRCF........................................................151
SHIFT B(%)..............................................148 SRCR........................................................151
SHIFT C(%)..............................................148 SRS..........................................................153
SHIFT LIGHT............................................148 SRS LAMP................................................153
SHIFT OVERRIDE....................................149 ST ALPHA(%)...........................................153
ShiftSol 1..................................................149 ST ALPHA B2(%)......................................153
ShiftSol 1A................................................149 START_Pos..............................................21
ShiftSol1Fault...........................................149 START CLNT (°C).....................................154
ShiftSol 2..................................................149 START CLNT (°F).....................................154
ShiftSol 2A................................................149 START ENABL..........................................154
ShiftSol2Fault...........................................149 START ENRICH........................................154
ShiftSol 3..................................................149 STARTER..................................................154

189
Index

STARTER RELAY......................................154 TEST MODE.............................................160

STA SIGNAL.............................................154 TEST MODE SIG......................................161
STATUS B1...............................................155 TFT(°C).....................................................167
STD LAST ADAPT....................................155 TFT=TOT(V)............................................161
STFT DELTA (%)......................................155 TGT EGR (%)............................................161
STOP LAMP (Ma).....................................155 TGV DRIVE...............................................161
STOP LMP FAIL.......................................155 TGV OUTPUT...........................................161
STOP LMP FUSE.....................................155 TGV POS-L (V).........................................161
STOP SW.................................................155 TGV POS-R (V).........................................161
STR CLM VOL DN....................................155 THEFT-NO START....................................162
STR CLM VOL MD...................................155 THEFT DET..............................................161
STR CLM VOL UP....................................155 THEFT DET. STATUS...............................162
ST SHIFT ADAPT (Kpa)...........................13 THROT CNTL(V)......................................162
STS LAMP................................................156 THROT RLY A...........................................162
ST TRIM(%)..............................................156 THROT STEPS.........................................162
ST TRIM B1(%).........................................156 THROTTLE (%)........................................162
ST TRIM B2(%).........................................156 THROTTLE (°)..........................................162
ST TRM AVG1 %......................................156 THROTTLE SW........................................163
ST TRM AVG2 %......................................156 ThrPosMODE...........................................165
SUNLOAD................................................157 TIME.........................................................163
SUP. KEY CODES.....................................157 TIME ON...................................................163
SVS LAMP................................................157 TIME ON (HOURS)..................................163
SWRL CON S/V1......................................157 TIMING (°BTDC).......................................163
SYNC........................................................157 TIPTRONIC MODE SW............................163
SYSTEM (V).............................................157 TORQ CNTL SIG #1................................163
SYSTEM STAT..........................................157 TORQ DELIV(Nm)....................................69
T TORQ PERM............................................164
TAIL LAMP (Ma).......................................157 TORQUE CONTROL................................163
TANK SNSR (V)........................................158 Total ECT Overtemp Events.....................164
TANK TEMP(°C).......................................157 Total Fuel Overspeed Events...................164
TANK TEMP(°F)........................................157 Total Fuel Overtemp Events.....................164
TARG.MAF(mg/T).....................................158 Total IAT Overtemp Events.......................164
TARGET A/F(V)........................................28 TP/SHFT DN REQ....................................164
TARGET SPD...........................................158 TP/SHFT UP REQ....................................164
TCC(%).....................................................158 TP 1 (V)....................................................165
TCCA........................................................158 TP 2 (V)....................................................165
TCC BRAKE SW.......................................158 TP MODE.................................................165
TCC COMMAND......................................158 TPS %.......................................................165
TCC DUTY (%).........................................158 TPS(%).....................................................165
TCC ENABLED.........................................159 TPS (V).....................................................165, 166
TCCFault..................................................159 TPS/8........................................................166
TCC FDBK................................................159 TPS1 LRN MIN V......................................166
TCC GROUNDED.....................................159 TPS2 LRN MIN V......................................166
TCC LOCKED ON....................................160 TPS LOAD (%)..........................................166
TCC OVERRIDE.......................................159 TPS POWER (V).......................................166
TCC PWM ENABLED...............................159 TR=GEAR................................................168
TCC PWM SOL(%)...................................159 TRAC CNTRL OFF...................................166
TCC RELEASED.......................................160 TRAIL. FC OFF.........................................166
TCC SLIP(RPM)........................................160 TRAILING THROT....................................167
TCC SOL (%)............................................158, 160 TRANS (ABC)...........................................167
TCC SOLENOID.......................................158 TRANSFER (%)........................................167
TCILFault..................................................160 TRANS FLUID(°C)....................................167
TCV CUTY (%)..........................................160 TRANS FLUID(°F).....................................167
TDC OFFSET(°)........................................160 TRANS FLUID TEMP(V)...........................167
TEMP GAUGE (%)...................................160 TRANS OIL TEMP SW..............................167
TEMP KNOB POS(%)...............................160 TRANS SLIP (RPM)..................................160, 168

190
 Index

TRANS TEMP(°C).....................................167 V LOW LPG..............................................110

TRANS TEMP(°F).....................................167 VPoWeR(V)...............................................173
TRIM B1-S1(%).........................................168 VPS (mA)..................................................172
TRIM B1-S2(%).........................................168 VPWR=BATT(V).......................................173
TRIM B1-S3(%).........................................168 VREF(V)....................................................173
TRIM B1-S4(%).........................................168 VSC/TRC SW...........................................173
TRIM B2-S1(%).........................................168 VSS#1......................................................173
TRIM B2-S2(%).........................................168 VSS#2......................................................173
TRIM B2-S3(%).........................................168 VSS(KPH).................................................174
TRIM B2-S4(%).........................................168 VSS(METER)(KPH)..................................174
TRIP CMP RNG(K)...................................168 VSS(METER)(MPH).................................174
TRIP SW...................................................168 VSS(MPH)................................................174
TrnCtrlIndLamp........................................169 VSS(TRANS)(KPH)..................................174
TrnFluidTmp(V)........................................167 VSS(TRANS)(MPH)..................................174
TrnRange..................................................169 VSS_GEM.................................................174
Trunk/Htch_Ajar.......................................106 VS SET(KPH)...........................................173
TUNER DECRS SW.................................169 VTD FUEL.................................................174
TUNER INCRS SW...................................169 VVT GAP ( )..............................................174
TURBINE..................................................169 W
TURBINE RPM.........................................67, 169 WAC=WOT A/C.......................................174
TURBO KPA.............................................169 WARMUP ENRICH...................................154
TURB SHFT SPD.....................................169 WARM UP SW..........................................174
TurbSpdS(RPM).......................................169 WASHER PMP DRV.................................175
U WASHER PMP SW...................................175
UD SOL DUTY(%)....................................170 WasherPumpRly......................................175
UP SW......................................................170 WasherPumpSw......................................175
V WASTEGATE(%)......................................175
V/F LEARNED .........................................170 WATER VLV..............................................175
VAC CUT BYPASS...................................170 WIDE OPEN THROT................................175
VALVE RELAY...........................................170 WINDOW DOWN SW...............................176
VAPOUR PRES VSV.................................170 WINDOW UP SW.....................................176
VARIABLE INTAKE...................................171 WINTER LAMP.........................................176
VBATT(V)..................................................171 WINTER SW.............................................176
VBattGEM(V)............................................171 Wiper2SpdRly..........................................176
VCT ADV..................................................171 WIPER IN PARK........................................176
VCT ADV 2...............................................171 WIPER PARK SW.....................................176
VCT ADV ERR..........................................171 WiperPk-Pk(ms).......................................176
VCT ADV ERR2........................................171 WiperRunRly............................................177
VCT DC %................................................171 WIPR MTR ACTV......................................177
VCT DC 2 %.............................................171 WIPR RUN DRV........................................177
VCT SYS...................................................171 WOT SW...................................................177
VEH SPD PULSE......................................172 Y
VehSpdSensr...........................................172 YAW RATE(°)............................................177
VEH SPEED.............................................172 YAW RATE SEN........................................177
VEH SPEED(KPH)....................................172 YAW RATE SENS 1..................................177
VEH SPEED(MPH)...................................172 YAW RATE SENS 2..................................177
VENT CONT VALVE.................................172 YAW RATE VALUE....................................177
VENT SOL 1 (%).......................................172 YAW ZERO(°)............................................177
VGIS ENABLED........................................172 YAW ZERO VALUE...................................177
V LOW FUEL............................................110

191
 AUSTRALIAN DATA PARAMETERS MANUAL

Use in conjunction with the respective

Primary Reference Manual.

®SNAP-ON TOOLS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD

ABN 55 010 793 683 E.&O.E.
192
Form ZEEMAUPAR112 07/11